0% found this document useful (0 votes)

118 views179 pages

ME 180 OB Curriculum

This document provides information on the course "Fundamental of Engineering Graphics" with course code ME 2101. The course is a diploma-level course offered at Government Polytechnic, Pune as part of the Mechanical Engineering program. The course aims to teach students principles of engineering drawing and develop graphic skills essential for technicians. Over the 4 credit course, students will learn to draw geometrical figures, orthographic projections, isometric views, and freehand sketches through lectures and practical exercises. Assessment includes exams testing both theory and practical drawing skills.

Uploaded by

Om Gujar

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

118 views179 pages

ME 180 OB Curriculum

Uploaded by

Om Gujar

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 179

Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB'– Scheme

Programme Diploma in Mechanical Engineering

Programme code 04/18/24

Name of Course Fundamental of Engineering Graphics

Course Code ME2101

Prerequisite course code and NA
name

1. RATIONALE :
Engineering drawing is the graphical language. It is used by engineers, designers,
planners, supervisors and also the workers to express their thoughts, ideas and
concepts. The expression by drawing is very accurate precise and brief. At a glance
one can understand detailed description of any part to be manufactured or a dam to be
built or an electric circuit to be used. For all technicians through understanding of
principles of engineering drawing (Graphic Skills) is essential.

2. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

The theory, practical experiences and relevant soft skills associated with this course
are to be taught and implemented, so that the student demonstrates the following industry
oriented COs :
1. Draw geometrical figures and Engineering Curves
2. Draw views of given object using principles of orthographic projections
3. Draw isometric view of a given object from orthographic projections
4. Draw free hand sketches of given engineering elements

3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Scheme Total Credits Examination Scheme

(In Hours) (L+T+P) Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
02 00 02 04 80 20 00 25 125

(Note : End Examination Duration :4 hours ,Test Examination Duration :1.5 hours)

G P Pune
Page 1 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practical‟s in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Approx.
S. Practical Exercises Unit
Hrs.
No. (Learning Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain) No.
required
1 Draw horizontal, vertical, 30 degree, 45 degree, 60 and 75 degrees 01
lines, different types of lines, dimensioning styles using Set 02
squares/ drafter. (do this exercise in sketch book)
2 Line letters and numbers. Dimensioning technique. One problem 01
04
on Redraw the figure (Sheet No.1).
3 Engineering curves Any four problems (Sheet No.2) 02 06
4 Draw a problem on orthographic projections using First angle 03
method of projection having plain surfaces. (Sheet No.3-Problem- 02
1)
5 Draw a problem on orthographic projections using Third angle 03
method of projection having plain surfaces. (Sheet No.3-Problem- 02
2)
6 Draw a problem on orthographic projections using first angle 03
method of projection having slanting surfaces, cylindrical surfaces, 03
ribs.(Sheet No-4-Problem-1)
7 Draw a problem on orthographic projections using Third angle 03
method of projection having slanting surfaces, cylindrical surfaces, 03
ribs.(Sheet No-4-Problem-2)
8 Draw one problems on Isometric view of simple objects having 04
plain and slanting and cylindrical surfaces by using natural 03
scale.(Sheet No.5-Problem-1)
9 Draw one problems on Isometric projection of simple objects 04
having plain and slanting and cylindrical surfaces by using 03
isometric scale. (Sheet No.5-Problem-2)
10 Draw neat and proportionate free hand sketches. Any six elements 05
04
(Sheet No.6)
Total 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

1 Neatness, Cleanliness on drawing sheet 10
2 Uniformity in drawing and line work 10
3 Creating given drawing 40
4 Dimensioning the given drawing and writing text 10
5 Answer to sample questions 10
6 Submission of drawing in time 20
Total

G P Pune
Page 2 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

4. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practicals, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

S. PrO.
Equipment Name with Broad Specifications
No. No.
1 Drawing Table with Drawing Board of Full Imperial/ A1 size. All
2 Models of objects for orthographic / isometric projections 3,4,5,6,7
,8,9,10
3 Models/ Charts of objects mentioned in unit no. 3,4,5 -
4 Set of various industrial drawings being used by industries. All
5 Drawing equipment‟s and instruments for class room teaching-large size: All
a. T-square or drafter (Drafting Machine)
b. Set squares (450 and 300- 600)
c. Protractor
d. Drawing instrument box (containing set of compasses and dividers)
6 Interactive board with LCD overhead projector All

THEORY COMPONENTS
The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT-I 1a. Prepare drawing using 1.1 Drawing Instruments and supporting
drawing instruments. material: method to use them with
Introduction 1b. Use IS SP-46 for applications..
of Drawing dimensioning. 1.2 Standard sizes of drawing sheets (ISO-
Instruments, 1c. Use different types of lines. A series). I.S. codes for planning and
Lines, Letters 1d. Draw regular geometrical layout. Letters and numbers (single
etc. figures. stroke vertical)
1e. Draw figures having 1.3 Conventions of lines and their
tangency constructions. applications. Scale - reduced, enlarged
and full size
1.4 Dimensioning techniques as per SP-
46(Latest edition).

UNIT -II 2a. Explain different 2.1 Concept of focus, directrix, vertex and
Engineering engineering curves with eccentricity. Conic sections.
Curve and areas of application. 2.2 To draw an ellipse by concentric circle
Tangential 2b. Draw different conic method and Directrix focus method.
Exercises sections based on given 2.3 To draw a parabola by :- 1) Directrix
situation. focus method.
2c. Draw involute and cycloidal 2.4 To draw a hyperbola by :- 1) Directrix
curves based on given data. focus method.
2d. Draw helix and spiral curves 2.5 To draw involute of circle, Regular
from given data polygon such as pentagon
2.6 To draw a cylindrical helix (limited to
two turns ) .
2.7 To draw cycloid, epicycloids and
hypocycloid.
G P Pune
Page 3 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)

UNIT-III 3a. Explain methods of 3.1 Orthographic projection, First angle and
Orthographic Orthographic Projections. Third angle method, their symbols.
Projections 3b. Draw orthographic views of 3.2 Conversion of pictorial view into
given simple 2D entities Orthographic Views – object containing
containing lines, circles and plain surfaces, slanting surfaces, slots,
arcs only. ribs, cylindrical surfaces. (use First Angle
3c. Draw the orthographic views and Third Angle Projection Method.)
from given pictorial views.

UNIT-IV 4a Prepare isometric scale. 4.1 Isometric view

Isometric 4b. Draw isometric views of 4.2 Isometric projection.
Projections given simple 2D entities 4.3 Isometric scale and Natural Scale.
containing lines, circles and 4.4 Illustrative problems related to simple
arcs only. objects having plain, slanting, cylindrical
4c. Interpret the given surfaces and slots on slanting surfaces.
orthographic views. 4.5 Conversion of orthographic views into
4d. Draw Isometric views from Isometric view/Projection.
given orthographic views.

UNIT-V 5.a Sketch proportionate 5.1 Free hand sketches of machine elements:
Free Hand freehand sketches of given Thread profiles, nuts, bolts, studs, set
Sketches machine elements. screws, washers, Locking arrangements.
5.b Select proper fasteners and
locking arrangement for
given situation.

5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Introduction to Drawing instruments
-- -- -- --
lines letters etc. 04
II Curve and Tangential exercises 06 -- 16 -- 16
III Orthographic Projection 10 -- -- 24 24
IV Isometric Views 08 -- -- 24 24
V Free hand sketches 04 16 -- -- 16
Total 32 16 16 48 80

6. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
i. Student should maintain a separate A3 size sketch book which will be the part of term
work and submit it along with drawing sheets.
ii. Students should collect Maps, Production drawings, Building Drawings, Layouts from
nearby workshops/industries/builders/contractors and try to list
a. types of lines used
G P Pune
Page 4 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

b. lettering styles used

c. dimension styles used
d. IS code referred
iii. List the shapes and curves you are observing around you in real life with name of place and
item. (For Ex. ellipse, parabola, hyperbola, cycloid, epicycloids, hypocycloid, involute, spiral
helix).

7. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

a. Guide student(s) in fixing the sheet and mini drafter on drawing board..
b. Show video/animation films to explain orthographic and Isometric projection.
c. Demonstrate engineering curves through actual cut sections of cone, pyramid, etc
d. Demonstrate first and third angle method using model.
e. Use charts and industrial drawing to teach standard symbols Teacher should ask the
students to go through instruction and Technical manuals

8. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS
(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

S.
Title of Book Author Publication
No.
1 Elementary Engg.
Drawing
N.D. Bhatt Charotar Publication, Anand.
( Including plan and
solid geometry )
2 Mali, Chaudhary Engineering Drawing Vrinda Prakashan, Jalgaon
3 -- I.S. 696 Latest version B.I.S.
4 Engineering Drawing Third Reprint, October 1998
Practice for Schools Bureau of Indian ISBN No. 81-7061-091-2
and Colleges IS: SP- Standards.
46
5 Engineering Drawing
K. Venugopal and Graphics + New Age International Publishers.
AutoCAD
6 Engineering Drawing Tata McGraw Hill Edu. New Delhi,
D.A. Jolhe
2010, ISBN No. 978-0-07-064837-1
7 Engineering Drawing R. K. Dhawan S. Chand and Company
New Delhi, ISBN No. 81-219-1431-0

10. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

i. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TJ4jGyD-WCw
ii. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dmt6_n7Sgcg
iii. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_MQScnLXL0M
iv. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3WXPanCq9LI
v. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fvjk7PlxAuo
vi. http://www.me.umn.edu/courses/me2011/handouts/engg%20graphics.pdf

11. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

G P Pune
Page 5 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO4 3 3 2 1 1 1 2

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1
CO2 3 1
CO3 3 1
CO4 2 1

SIGN SIGN
M.R.MUNDHE N.G.Kulkarni
( Course expert ) ( Head of Department )

SIGN SIGN
N.G.Kulkarni A.S.Zanpure
( Programme Head ) (CDC Incharge)

G P Pune
Page 6 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB'– Scheme

Programme Diploma in Mechanical Engineering

Programme code 04/18/24

Name of Course Mechanical Engineering Drawing

Course Code ME2102

Prerequisite course code and NA
name

1. RATIONALE
Engineering drawing is the graphical language. It is used by engineers, designers, planners,
supervisors and also the workers to express their thoughts, ideas and concepts. The expression
by drawing is very accurate precise and brief. At a glance one can understand detailed
description of any part to be manufactured or a dam to be built or an electric circuit to be used.
For all technicians through understanding of principles of engineering drawing is essential.
The curriculum aims at developing the ability to draw and read orthographic projections,
projection of of solids and intersection of solids with skills in drawing sections.

2. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

The theory, practical experiences and relevant soft skills associated with this course are to be
taught and implemented, so that the student demonstrates the following industry oriented
COs

After studying this course, the student will be able to

1 Use principles of orthographic projection to draw sectional views of given object.
2 Use principles of orthographic projection to draw missing lines and view of given object.

3 Solve given problems on projections of Lines, Planes, right and regular solids and draw
solid in sectional view..
4 Draw free hand sketches of given engineering elements

3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Scheme Total Credits Examination Scheme

(In Hours) (L+T+P) Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
02 00 02 04 80 20 00 25 125
(Note : End Examination Duration :4 hours ,Test Examination Duration :1.5 hours)
4. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES
The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

G P Pune
Page 7 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Approx.
S. Practical Exercises Unit
Hrs.
No. (Learning Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain) No.
required
11 Sectional orthographic views (Sheet No.1-Two Problems) 1 06
12 Missing views (Sheet No.2-Two Problems) 2 06
13 Projection of Lines (Sheet No.3-Two Problems) 3 02
14 Projection of Planes (Sheet No.3-Two Problems) 4 02
15 Projection of Solids (Sheet No.4-Two Problems) 5 06
16 Sections of solids (Sheet No.5-Two Problems) 6 06
17 Free hand sketches. Any Six elements (Sheet No.6) 8 04
Total 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

5. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practicals, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

S. PrO.
Equipment Name with Broad Specifications
No. No.
7 Drawing Table with Drawing Board of Full Imperial/ A1 size. All
8 Models/ Charts of objects mentioned in unit no. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5
,6,7
9 Set of various industrial drawings being used by industries. All
10 Drawing equipment‟s and instruments for class room teaching-large size: All
e. T-square or drafter (Drafting Machine)
f. Set squares (450 and 300- 600)
g. Protractor
h. Drawing instrument box (containing set of compasses and dividers)
11 Interactive board with LCD overhead projector All

G P Pune
Page 8 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

6. THEORY COMPONENTS
The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. 1a.Classify various types of Cutting plane line ,Types of sectional
Sectional sectional views. views: Full section, Half section, Partial or
orthograp 1b.Explain sectioning and broken section, Revolved section, Removed
hic views hatching conventions. section, offset section, Aligned section.
1c.Convert pictorial views of Sectioning conventions
given object into sectional Hatching or section lines. Conversion of
orthographic views. pictorial views into sectional orthographic
1d.Interpret the given Drawing views

UNIT 2. 2a.Interpret the given views Draw Missing lines and views from the
Missing 2b.Draw the missing view given orthographic views .
views
UNIT 3. 3a. Classify various positions of 3.1 Projection of straight lines with
Projection lines with respect to following positions:
of Lines projection planes. a) Parallel to both the planes.
3b. Draw projection of lines in b) Perpendicular to one plane.
different positions. c) Inclined to one plane and parallel to
the other.
d) Inclined to both the planes. Traces of
Line. (Concept purpose only ,No
problems)
UNIT 4. 4a. Classify various types of 4.1 Projection of Planes with following
Projection planes according to orientations:
of Planes orientations. a) Plane parallel to one principal plane
4b. Draw projection of planes and perpendicular to the other.
with different orientations. b) Plane inclined to one principal plane
and perpendicular to the other
UNIT 5. 5a.Classify various types of Types of Solids
Projection solids. Projection of the following solids:
of Solids 5b.Explain orientation of axis a) Regular Polyhedron – Tetrahedron,
with respect to projection Hexahedron (cube)
planes. b) Regular prisms and Pyramids –
5c.Draw projection of standard Triangular, Square, Pentagonal, Hexagonal
regular solids like polyhedron, c) Regular solids of Revolution –
prisms, pyramids, solids of Cylinder, Cone, Sphere.
revolution With Axis:
i)Perpendicular to one of the principal
projection plane.
ii)Inclined to one of the principal plane and
parallel to the other.
iii)Parallel to both principal planes.
.
UNIT6. 6a.Describe cutting planes and Sectional Views and True shape of the
Sections of their orientation with respect to section for the solids mentioned in Chapter-
solids given solid and projection 3 with section plane in following positions:
planes. a) parallel to one of the principal
6b.Explain significance of projection plane
G P Pune
Page 9 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
sectional view and true shape. b) inclined to one and perpendicular to
6c.Draw sectional view of given the other principal projection plane
solid. Note: Position of solid is restricted to
6d.Draw true shape of the the following:
section of given solid with a) Axis parallel to both principal
mentioned axis projection planes
b) Axis perpendicular to one and
parallel to the other principal projection
plane

UNIT7. 7aIdentify various Draw Free hand sketches/conventional

Free Hand engineering components and representation of:
sketches/co their materials in the given Rivet heads
nventional sectional view. Riveted joints:
representa 7bDraw Free hand Lap Joint – Single and Double
tion sketches/conventional Riveted
representation of commonly Butt Joint – Single strap, Double
used engineering Strap
components. Foundation bolts: Eye , Lewis and Rag
Types of keys –Sunk ,Saddle, Taper, Gib
headed, feather Keys, wood ruff Key, Cone
Key, splined Shaft
Couplings: Muff, Flange, Protected
Flange and Pin type Flexible Flange
Pulleys: Rope and V-Belt.

7. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Sectional orthographic views 4 -- -- 16 16
II Missing views 4 -- -- 12 12
III Projection of Lines 3 -- -- 6 06
IV Projection of Planes 3 -- -- 6 06
V Projection of Solids 4 -- -- 12 12
VI Sections of solids 4 -- -- 12 12
VII Free Hand sketches/conventional 4 8 8 -- 16
representation
Total 32 8 8 64 80

8. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
Student should maintain a separate A3 size sketch book which will be the part of term
work and submit it along with drawing sheets.
Students should collect Maps, Production drawings, Building Drawings, Layouts from
nearby workshops/industries/builders/contractors and study the drawing

9. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

G P Pune
Page 10 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Show video/animation films to explain orthographic and sectional orthographic

projection.
Demonstrate first and third angle method using model.
Use charts and industrial drawing to teach standard symbols Teacher should ask the
students to go through instruction and Technical manuals
10. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS
(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

11. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

S.
Title of Book Author Publication
No.
8 Elementary Engg. Drawing
( Including plan and solid N.D. Bhatt Charotar Publication, Anand.
geometry )
9 Curriculum
A Workbook in
Development Centre, Somaiyya Publication Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
Engineering Drawing
TTTI, Bhopal
10 Geometrical and Machine
N.D. Bhatt Charotar Publication, Anand.
Drawing
11
Machine Drawing G.R. Nagpal --

12 Engineering Drawing and

K. Venugopal New Age International Publishers.
Graphics + AutoCAD

12. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

vii. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TJ4jGyD-WCw
viii. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dmt6_n7Sgcg
ix. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_MQScnLXL0M
x. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3WXPanCq9LI
xi. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fvjk7PlxAuo
xii. http://www.me.umn.edu/courses/me2011/handouts/engg%20graphics.pdf

13. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO4 3 3 2 1 1 1 2

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1
CO2 3 1
CO3 3 1
CO4 2 1

G P Pune
Page 11 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

SIGN SIGN
M.R.MUNDHE N.G.Kulkarni
( Course expert ) ( Head of Department )

SIGN SIGN
N.G.Kulkarni A.S.Zanpure
( Programme Head ) (CDC Incharge)

G P Pune
Page 12 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB'– Scheme

Programme Diploma in CE/ME/MT

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/18/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Workshop Practice

Course Code WS2101

Prerequisite course code and NA
name
Course Title:
(Course Code:)

Diploma programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered

CE/ME/MT I

14. RATIONALE
To make the students conversant with the use of various workshop tools used in
Smithy, Carpentry, Fitting, Welding, Plumbing and Sheet metal shops.

15. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

After studying this course, the student will be able to

1 Interpret the assigned job drawing.
2 Identify various tools used in different shops of Work shop.
3 Select appropriate tool set to perform a specific job.
4 To use various tools.
5 Do practices in respective trades.
6 Use safety practices in workshop during practicle.

16. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Scheme Total Credits Examination Scheme

(In Hours) (L+T+P) Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
-- -- 04 04 -- -- -- 50 50

17. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:
G P Pune
Page 13 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Approx.
S. Practical Exercises Unit
Hrs.
No. (Learning Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain) No.
required
18 One black smithy job involving minimum three operations. e.g. Upsetting, 1 08
Bending, cutting Drawing Down, Bending, Setting down.

19 One carpentry job involving carpentry joints and wood turning. 2 14

20 One fitting job involving Marking, Filing, Sawing, Drilling, Tapping. 3 14
21 One welding job involving welding joints. 4 14
22 One job in plumbing of pipe threading and pipe joints. 5 06
23 One job in sheet metal 6 08
24 Total 64

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

a. Arrangement of available equipment / test rig or model 10
b. Setting and operation 20
c. Safety measures 15
d. Observations and Recording 20
e. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 15
f. Answer to sample questions 10
g. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

18. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practicals, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

S. PrO.
Equipment Name with Broad Specifications
No. No.
12 Smithy and forging 1
13 Carpentry 2
14 Fitting and filling 3
15 Welding 4
16 Plumbing 5
17 Sheet Metal 6
19. THEORY COMPONENTS
The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. NIL NIL

20. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

G P Pune
Page 14 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
1 NIL
2 NIL
3 NIL
4 NIL
5 NIL
6 NIL
Total

21. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

22. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:

Sr. No. Topic Instructional strategy

1 Smithy and forging
2 Carpentry
3 Fitting and filling Explanation, Demonstration, exhibition of Models/Samples pieces.
4 Welding
5 Plumbing
6 Sheet Metal

23. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

24. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

S.
Title of Book Author Publication
No.
13 Elements of workshop S. K. Hajara Chaudhari Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,
technology - Vol. I A.K. Hajara Chaudhari Mumbai-7
14 Workshop Practice Manual V. Kapoor Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi-32
15 A course in workshop
B.S. Raghuwanshi Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi-32
technology Vol.- I

25. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

G P Pune
Page 15 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

26. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING (Mechanical engineering)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 2
CO6 3 2

27. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING (Civil engineering)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 2
CO6 3 2 2

28. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING (Metallurgical engineering)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

G P Pune
Page 16 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4

CO1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2
CO6 3 2 2 2

SIGN SIGN
M.R.MUNDHE N.G.Kulkarni
( Course expert ) ( Head of Department )

SIGN SIGN
N.G.Kulkarni A.S.Zanpure
( Programme Head ) (CDC Incharge)

G P Pune
Page 17 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ME

Programme code 04/18/24

Name of Course Programming in C

Course Code ME2105

Prerequisite course code and
name

29. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA
Marks
0 0 4 4 Exam 125
-- -- 100 25
Duration
(*):OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical&Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice,P-practical,ESE-End
semester examination,PA- Progressive Assesment.

RATIONALE: This course describes the basics of problem solving and logic development. It
also describes basics of programming using C programming language. C is the most commonly
used structured programming language.

30. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences: To develop C program for simple
mechanical engineering problem

31. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

1. Design optimum algorithm using flowchart.

2. Use looping statements, functions, and available data types in C,
G P Pune
Page 18 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

3. Develop program in‟C‟.

4. Execute programs in C.

32. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Releva Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
nt CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1. To understand the concept of algorithm in 'C' with 1 2
example
1
To understand the concept of flowchart in 'C' with 2
example
2. Write simple 'C' programs based on declaring variables & 2 2
assigning values to variables. (Minimum 2)
2
Execute simple 'C' programs based on declaring variables & 2
assigning values to variables. (Minimum 2)

3. Write four simple C programs using various operators. 2,3,4 4

3
execute four simple C programs using various operators 4
4. Write two programs each using nested if-else and switch 2,3,4 2
statement.
4
Execute two programs each using nested if-else and 2
switch statement.
5. Write two programs using while loop . 2,3,4 2
4
Execute two programs using while loop 4
6. Write two programs using do- while loop 2,3,4 2
4
Execute two programs using do- while loop 2
7. Write two programs each using switch and go to 2,3,4 2
4
statement
Execute two programs each using switch and go to 2
statement
8. Write two 'C' Programs illustrating use of continue and 2,3,4 2
break statements
4
Execute two 'C' Programs illustrating use of continue and 2
break statements
9. Write 2 programs using function based on parameters 2,3,4 2
passing by reference.
5
Execute 2 programs using function based on 2
parameters passing by reference.
10. Write 'C' Programs illustrating use of user defined functions 2,3,4 2
5 Execute 'C' Programs illustrating use of user defined 4
functions
11. Write two simple programs each using pointers. 2,3,4 2
5
Execute two simple programs each using pointers. 2

12. Write a simple program using character array. 2,3,4 2

6
Execute a simple program using character array. 2

G P Pune
Page 19 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

13. Write two simple programs each using string library 2,3,4 2
functions.
6
Execute two simple programs each using string library 2
functions.

14. Write two simple programs each using 1D and 2D arrays. 2,3,4 2

6
Execute two simple programs each using 1D and 2D 2
arrays.

Total Hrs 64

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

h. Writing program and Drawing flow chart 15
i. Execution of program 05
j. Question answer 05
Total 25

33. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

1 Desktop PC having I5 or I7 procesor 1 to14

2 LCD PROJECT 1 to14
3 Printer 1 to14

34. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopicsshould betaught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1: OVERVIEW OF C
1.1 Problem, definition and analysis, Algorithm, Flow
1.Define various terms related to charts
Programming
2. Write an algorithm and draw flowchart for 1.2 History of Programming Languages, Development of
G P Pune
Page 20 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
simple problems. C
3.Describe basic structure of 'C' program
1.3 Basic structure of 'C' program, Programming style,
Simple 'C' programs

UNIT 2: DATA TYPES AND EXPRESSION

1. Enlist C tokens, keywords, various rules, 2.1 Data Types & Character set: C tokens,
symbols, keywords & identifiers, constants, variables,
data types. Declaration of variables, assigning values to
2. Identify valid / invalid variable names. variables, defining symbolic constants
3. Compare various terms.
2.2 Expressions: Arithmetic expressions,
evaluation of expressions, procedure of arithmetic
operators, type conversions in expressions,
operator precedence & associatively, mathematical
functions.

UNIT 3 : OPERATORS IN C
1.List various operators, their types and uses. 3.1 Operators: Arithmetic, relational, logical, increment
& decrement, conditional
2. Describe various operators, their types and 3.2 Managing input & output operators: Introduction,
uses reading a character, writing a character, formatted input,
formatted output, viz. use of printf(), scanf(), getch(),
clrscr(), \n etc.

UNIT 4 : DECISION MAKING IN C

1.List and write Decision making statements. 4.1 Decision making and branching: if statement (if, if-
else, nested if-else).
2. Write C programs using decision making 4.2 Decision making and looping: while, do, do-while,
and loop statements. for loop, continue statement, break statement.
4.3 Decision making using switch & go to statement

UNIT 5 FUNCTIONS & POINTERS

1.Define function and terms related to 5.1 Functions: Need of user defined functions, scope,
function. defining functions, calling a function(call by value & call
2.Write programs based on functions. by reference)
5.2. Pointers: Introduction to pointers, declaring pointer
variable, initialization of pointer variable, accessing
address of a variable, pointer expressions.

UNIT 6 ARRAYS & STRINGS

G P Pune
Page 21 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
1.Define Array, string, pointer and their
related terms. 6.1 Arrays: Defining and declaring one and two
2.Write programs based on arrays, strings dimensional arrays, reading and writing.
and pointers.
6.2 Strings: Declaration and initialization of string
variables, string handling functions From standard
library like strlen (),strlwr(), strupr(), strcpy(),
strcat(), strcmp() etc.

35. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

36. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

37. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
f. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
g. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
h. With respect to item No.8, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
i. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
j. Correlate subtopics with power plant system and equipments.
k. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
l. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
m. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals

38. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

NA (Only for Class Declaration Courses)

39. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and Year

S.N. Title ISBN Number
of publication

G P Pune
Page 22 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Let us „C‟ Yashwant Kanitkar

1
Programming in E. Balguru swami
2 „C‟

„C‟ for beginners Madhusudhan Mothe

3
Introduction to Denis Ritchie and Kerninghan
4 „C‟ programming

40. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

1. www.nptel.com
2. http://www.computer-pdf.com/programming/c-cpp/284-c-programming

41. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 2 2 1 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 1 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 2 1

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -

Sign: Sign:

Name:P.U.GARGE Name: P.S.SARODE

(Course expert) (Course expert)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Head of Department) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 23 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ME

Programme code 04/18

Name of Course Strength of Materials

Course Code AM3104

Prerequisite course code and AM2101(ENGG. MECHANICS)
name

42. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA
Marks 80 20 - 125 25
04 00 02 06 Exam
3 Hrs 1 Hr -
Duration
(*): OE/POE (Oral Examination/ Practical & Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture, T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.

43. RATIONALE

Strength of Materials is a core technology subject which aims at enabling the students
to understand & analyze various types of loads, stresses & strains. All Mechanical
Engineering components are subjected to different types of loads and behave in a
specific way. The subject is pre-requisite for understanding principles of machine
design and strengths of various materials used in industries. Understanding
mechanical properties and the elastic behavior different mechanical engineering
materials will help in selecting the suitable materials for various engineering
applications.

44. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Determine mechanical properties and calculate stresses in Machine components.

45. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

1. Perform tests for evaluation of mechanical properties of different metals.

2. Estimate axial, bending, shear and combined stresses in machine components..
3. Compute shear force and bending moment in a beam subjected to point load and UDL.
4. Compute Moment of Inertia of symmetric and asymmetric structural sections.
5. Locate principal planes and compute principal stress for given stress conditions.

46. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practical in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:
Relevant Approx.
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO Hrs.
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required
25 1 To study Universal Testing machine I 02
26 1 To determine yield stress, ultimate stress and I 04
breaking stress of Mild Steel by conducting Tension
test as per IS432 (I)
27 1 To plot stress-strain diagram for mild steel I 04
28 1 To calculate compressive strength of Ductile & II 02
Brittle materials such as Mild Steel (MS),
Aluminium (Al), Brass (Br), Copper (Cu)& Cast Iron
(CI), using Compression testing machine as per IS
14858
29 1 To determine shear strength of various metals such II 04
as MS, Al, Br and Cu, (Any two metals) by Single &
Double Shear test as per IS 5242
30 1 To calculate hardness of metals by conducting I 02
Brinell Hardness Test on Mild Steel (MS),
Aluminium (Al), Brass (Br), Copper (Cu), Cast Iron
(CI) (Any four metals) as per IS 1500
31 1 To evaluate toughness of Ductile & Brittle materials I 02
such as MS, Al, Br, CI and Cu, by conducting Izod
Impact test on as per IS 1757
32 5 To find flexural strength by conducting Bending Test V 04
on timber beam of Rectangular cross section for both
the orientations as per IS 1708, IS 2408
33 3 To plot SFD and BMD of s imply supported beams, IV 04
overhanging beams and cantilever beams subjected
to UDL and point loads. ( 2 problems on each type of
beam)
10 7 To calculate stresses on an inclined plane under VII 04
given stress condition by analytical and Mohr‟s
Circle method. ( 2 problems)
To locate Principal planes, and calculate principal stresses
using analytical and Mohr‟s circle method. (2 problems)

Total 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

k. Arrangement of available equipment / test rig or model 20
G P Pune
Page 25 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

l. Setting and operation 20
m. Safety measures 10
n. Observations and Recording 10
o. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 20
p. Answer to sample questions 10
q. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

47. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO.

No. No.
1 Universal Testing Machine: Capacity - 100 tons. Type: Mechanical type
digital, electrically Operated. Accessories: (1) Tensile test attachment for flat
and round specimen up to32 mm. (2) Compression test attachment (3) Shear
1,2,5,8
test attachment with sizes of bushes 5,6,8,10,12,16,20,24 mm, (4) Transverse
test attachment with bending Punch,(5)Service tools,(6) Operation and
maintenance manuals - 2 nos. (7)Hardness attachment
2 Digital Extensometer: Least count - 0.001 mm. Max. Extension = 5 mm.
Single dial gauge for 30,40 mm. 60 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm, 125 mm gauge 2
length.
3 Brinell Hardness Testing Machine: Test loads from 500 to 3000 kgf in steps
of 250kgf; The height X Throat is 380 X 200 mm; Indentation measurement
by Brinell Microscope of 25 X Magnification; Special Test fixtures for odd
jobs / production testing can be supplied (Optional); Computerized Brinell 6
Impression measurement system (Optional); Manual / Optical /Computerized
type Brinell Hardness testing machine are also available; Accuracy conform
to IS:2281-2005 and BS:240
4 Impact Testing Machine: IZOD Impact Test Apparatus: Pendulum drop
angle: 90°-120; Pendulum effective Wt: 20-25 kg; Striking velocity of
pendulum: 3-4 m/sec; Pendulum impact energy: 168 j; Min scale graduation: 7
2 J; Distance of axis of pendulum rotation from center of specimen to
specimen hit by pendulum : 815 mm
7 Compression Testing Machine: Digital display manual control compression
testing; machine; Max. Capacity (KN): 2000; Measuring range: 4%-100% of
FS; Relative error of reading: ≤ ±1%; Max. distance between two platen
(mm): 330; Compression platen size (mm): 220×220; Max. piston stroke 4
(mm): 0-20; Max. piston speed (mm/min): Approx. 30; Column clearance
(mm): 300×200; Oil pump motor power (KW): 1.5; Whole dimensions
(mm): 855*380*1435
9 Freeware for SF and BM diagrams 9
10 Freeware for Principal planes, Principal stresses and Mohr‟s circle method 10

48. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

G P Pune
Page 26 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS (Weightage-12 , Hrs- 12)
1a. Define various engineering properties 1.1 Recap of concepts of force and equilibrium.
of metals 1.2 Elastic, plastic & rigid bodies
1b. Define stress and strain with their 1.3 Mechanical properties of materials – ductility,
units. malleability, brittleness, hardness, strength
1c. Calculate axial strain, axial stress and and toughness.
Modulus of Elasticity using Hooke‟s 1.4 Stress & Strain – concept & Definitions,
law. types of stresses and related deformations-
1d. Determine nature and magnitude of Axial, Flexure, torsion, shear.
thermal stress. 1.5 Hooke‟s Law, Young‟s Modulus, Axial
1e. Draw stress-strain curve for ductile and deformation in a body and bodies in series.
brittle material in tension. 1.6 Behavior of ductile and brittle materials
1f. Calculate shear stresses for subjected to axial tension, stress-strain or
single/double/punching shear Load-deformation curve, Limit of
condition. proportionality, yielding, permanent set, yield
stress, ultimate stress.
1.7 Shear stress and shear strain, Modulus of
rigidity, punching shear, single and double
shear.
1.8 Temperature stress and strain – concept and
numerical problems on thermal stress in
bodies having uniform cross-section,
deformation fully prevented.
UNIT 2. GENERALIZED HOOKE’S LAW (Weightage-12 , Hrs- 08)
2a. Define lateral and longitudinal strain, 2.1 Linear and lateral strain, Poisson‟s ratio,
Poisson‟s ratio, volumetric strain and changes in lateral dimensions.
Bulk modulus 2.2 Uni axial- Bi axial and Tri axial stress
2b. Calculate strain and deformation systems, strain in each direction, generalized
along all three axes, under bi and tri Hooke‟s law
axial stresses 2.3 Change in the dimensions and volume,
2c. Compute volumetric strain and volumetric strain, volumetric stress, Bulk
change in volume under given biaxial modulus
or triaxial stresses 2.4 Relation between three moduli.
2d. Calculate instantaneous stresses, 2.5 Strain Energy, Resilience, Proof Resilience
strains and deformations under given and Modulus of resilience.
gradual, sudden or impact loads 2.6 Stress due to Gradual, Sudden and Impact
2e. Estimate Resilience, Modulus of load and corresponding deformations.
resilience, Proof Resilience.
UNIT 3. SHEAR FORCE & BENDING MOMENT (Weightage-12 , Hrs- 10)
3a. Define Shear force and Bending 3.1 Types of Beams ( Simply supported with or
moment with their units and sign without overhang, Cantilever) , Types of
convention. loads ( Point load, Uniformly Distributed
3b. Calculate SF and BM for given load load), Bending of beam, deflected shape,
and beam. 3.2 Meaning of SF and BM, Relation between
3c. Draw SFD and BMD. them, Sign convention,
3d. Locate point of maximum BM and 3.3 Drawing SFD and BMD, Location of point
point of contra-flexure. of maximum BM, Location of Point of
Contra-flexure.
UNIT 4. MOMENT OF INERTIA (Weightage-08 , Hrs- 06)
4a. Define MI and explain Parallel and 4.1 Concept of Moment of Inertia (MI)
G P Pune
Page 27 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
Perpendicular axes theorems 4.2 Parallel and Perpendicular axes theorems,
4b. Calculate MI of standard shapes. Polar MI, radius of gyration
4c. Calculate MI of composite plane 4.3 MI of standard basic shapes,
figures such as I and T sections. 4.4 Determination of MI of Composite plane
4d. Calculate Polar MI and radius of figures such as I and T sections.
gyration of a given section.
UNIT 5. BENDING STRESSES (Weightage-08 , Hrs- 06)
5a. State the assumptions of theory of 5.1 Theory of simple bending, Assumptions in
bending & explain flexural formula theory of bending, Flexural formula, concept
5b. Use flexural formula to calculate of Neutral axis
bending stresses for given section at 5.2 Concept and calculation of Moment of
given point in a simply supported and resistance, Section modulus.
cantilever beam. 5.3 Bending stress variation diagram across depth
5c. Determine maximum bending stress for cantilever and simply supported beams for
in the given beam. symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections such
5d. Determine Section modulus and as. Rectangular, circular, T and I sections
Moment of resistance for given only.
beam..
UNIT 6. DIRECT AND BENDING STRESSES (Weightage-08 , Hrs- 06)

6a. Define eccentricity, Limiting 6.1 Axial and eccentric load, effects of
eccentricity and Core of section eccentricity, Field cases ( Hook, clamp,
6b. Calculate resultant stress and draw Bench Vice, Frame etc)
resultant stress variation diagram in a 6.2 Axial stress and bending stress, resultant
member subjected to eccentric stress intensities, resultant stress distribution
loading. diagram ( Eccentricity about one axis only)
6c. Mark core of standard sections 6.3 No tension condition Limiting eccentricity,
6d. Determine size of component for Core of section.
given stress condition
UNIT 7. PRINCIPAL PLANES AND PRINCIPAL STRESSES (Weightage-12 , Hrs- 08)

7a. Define principal planes and principal 7.1 Normal stress, Shear stress & resultant stress on
stresses. oblique planes, angle of obliquity.
7b. Calculate stresses on an inclined plane 7.2 Concept of principal planes and principal
under a given stress condition. stresses, major and minor principal planes and
7c. Locate Principal planes, planes carrying principal stresses.
maximum shear stress and calculate 7.3 Analytical method to locate Principal planes,
principal stresses using standard formulae. planes carrying maximum shear stress and to
7d. Locate Principal planes and calculate calculate principal stresses,.
principal stresses using Mohr‟s circle 7.4 Mohr Circle method – concept and application to
method.. problems based on stresses on inclined planes
and problems on calculating principal planes and
principal stresses

UNIT 8. TORSION (Weightage-08 , Hrs- 08)

8a. State assumptions in theory of torsion 8.1 Torsion: Concept, field applications (Shaft,
8b. State and explain torsional formula, flange couplings, shear bolts), torsional
8c. Calculate torque and power rigidity, torsional equation and assumptions
transmitted by shaft 8.2 Torsional resistance for hollow and solid
8d. Determine shear stress and angle of circular shafts,
twist in a shaft for given power to be 8.3 Power transmitted by shaft, shear stress in
G P Pune
Page 28 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
transmitted/ given torque. the shaft and angle of twist
8e. Determine diameter of shaft for given
shear stress/ angle of twist.

49. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
1 Simple Stresses and Strains 12 04 04 04 12
2 Generalized Hooke‟s Law 08 02 04 06 12
3 Shear Force and Bending Moment 10 02 04 06 12
4 Moment of Inertia 06 02 -- 06 08
5 Bending Stresses 06 02 -- 06 08
6 Direct and Bending Stresses 06 -- 02 06 08
7 Principal Planes and Principal Stresses 08 02 04 06 12
8 Torsion 08 -- 02 06 08
Total 64 14 20 46 80

50. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

51. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
n. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
o. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
p. With respect to item No.8, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
q. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
G P Pune
Page 29 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

r. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.

s. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
t. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals

52. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

NA
(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

53. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

S. Author, Publisher, Edition and Year of

Title ISBN Number
No. publication
16 Strength of Punmia B C ISBN-10: 8131809250
Materials Laxmi Publications (p) Ltd. New ISBN-13: 978-8131809259
Delhi, 10/e, 2015
17 Strength of Ramamurtham S ISBN-10: 9384378267
Materials Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company - ISBN-13: 978-9384378264
New Delhi; Eighth edition, 2014
18 Strength of Timoshenko Gere ISBN-10: 8123908946
Materials CBS,2 edition, 2006 ISBN-13: 978-8123908946
19 Strength of Khurmi R S ISBN-10: 8121928222
Materials S. Chand Publishing, New Delhi, ISBN-13: 978-8121928229
2006
20 Strength of Kulkarni S. M. ISBN -10 :8123563521
Materials PVG Prakashan, Pune 411030

54. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

3. www.nptel.com
4. nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/.../IIT.../lecture%2023%20and%2024.htm
5. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shear_and_moment_diagram
6. www.freestudy.co.uk/mech%20prin%20h2/stress.pdf
7. www.engineerstudent.co.uk/stress_and_strain.html
8. www.iit.edu/arc/workshops/pdfs/Moment_Inertia.pdf

55. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 - 3 - 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 - - 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 - 1 2
CO4 2 2 1 1 - 1 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 - 1 1

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 3
CO2 - 3
CO3 2 2
CO4 1 -
CO5 1 -

G P Pune
Page 30 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Sign: Sign:

Name: Smt. S.M. Kulkarni Name: Smt. V.P. Ashwathpur

(Course Expert /s) (Head of Department)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Shri. N.G. Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Program Head ) (CDC )

( Mechanical Engg Dept.)

G P Pune
Page 31 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ET/CE/EE//ME/MT/CM/IT/DDGM

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/18/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Machine Drawing

Course Code ME3101

Prerequisite course code and ME2102 Mechanical Engineering Drawing.
name

56. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA
Marks 80 20 00 12525
02 00 04 06 Exam
4 Hrs 1.30 Hr
Duration
(*):OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical&Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice,P-practical,ESE-End
semester examination,PA- Progressive Assesment.

57. RATIONALE

With the Science & Technology advancing at a rapid pace, the type of man power required by
the industry and society is becoming more & more specific. Industry requires among other
things a workforce having a technological bent of mind and the much desired temper and
competencies to maintain high quality standards & productivity. The quality & productivity
depends mainly on the ability of Technician to communicate through drawing. Mechanical
Technicians are able to read the drawing correctly. The drawing prepared must be clear and it
should not have any scope for different interpretations. Machine drawing is more of a
performance based rather than knowledge based. The course aims to develop ability to
visualize and draw assembly and detail drawings.

58. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to help the student to attain the following industry
identified competency through various teaching learning experiences:
 Interpret and prepare mechanical working drawing /production
G P Pune
Page 32 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

drawing of given component or assembly.

59. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

6. Develop a lateral surface of given object.

7. Draw intersection c u r v e s of different solids.
8. Draw an auxiliary view of a given object.
9. Use various drawing codes, conventions a n d symbols as per IS SP-46.
10. Draw assembly and detailed drawings of products.

60. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency. Each student will draw 7 half
imperial size drawing sheets as given below and will submit at the end of term. A sketch book
containing home assignments on each topic is also to be submitted by each student at the end
of term.

Sr.No Unit Practical Exercises Relevent Approx.

Sheet No.
No (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain) CO Hours
1 1 01 Development of solids – two problems. 1 08
2 2 02 Intersection of solids – two problems. 2 12
3 3 03 Auxiliary views -- two problems. 3 12
4 4 Conventional representations, tolerance 4
04 and fits symbols, surface roughness 08
symbol , welding symbols etc.
5 4 Production drawing- Production 4
drawing of minimum two components
05 08
showing tolerances , surface roughness
etc.
6 5 06 Details to Assembly – one problem. 5 08
7 6 07 Assembly to Details– one problem. 5 08
Total 64

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in

%
r. Draw sheet using different drafting instrument 20
s. Follow line work for neat and accurate drafting 20
t. Answers to sheet related questions 20
u. Submit the assigned sheet on time 20
v. Attendance and punctuality 20

G P Pune
Page 33 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in

%
Total 100

61. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.
S. PrO.
Equipment Name with Broad Specifications
No. No.
18 Drawing Table with Drawing Board of Full Imperial/ A1 size. All
19 Models/ Charts or actual parts of objects and assemblies. All
20 Set of various industrial drawings being used by industries. 05
21 Drawing equipment‟s and instruments for class room teaching-large size: All
i. T-square or drafter (Drafting Machine)
j. Set squares (450 and 300- 600)
k. Protractor
l. Drawing instrument box (containing set of compasses and dividers)
22 Interactive board with LCD overhead projector All

62. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES (Weightage12 , Hrs- 06)
1a.Draw development of lateral 1.1 Developments of Lateral surfaces of cube,
surfaces o f the given solid. prisms, cylinder, pyramids, cone.
1b.Identify parts where concept 1.2 Applications of development of surfaces such as
tray, funnel, Chimney, Pipe Bends etc.
of development of the
given surfaces is required.
1c.Draw development of
given sheet metal/non sheet
metal parts.

UNIT 2 INTERSECTION OF SOLIDS(Weightage- 12 , Hrs- 06)

G P Pune
Page 34 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
2a. Identify parts where Curves of intersection of surfaces of the regular
concept of intersection solids in the following cases:
of the given solids is 2.1 Prism with prism (Tri-angular and square),
required. Cylinder with cylinder, Square Prism with
2b. Draw curves of Cylinder .
intersection of the given When
solid combinations. (i) The axes are at 90° and bisecting
(ii) The axes are at 90° and Offset
2.2 Cylinder with Cone.
when axis of cylinder is parallel to both the
reference planes and cone resting on base on HP
with axis intersecting OR
offset from axis of cylinder.

UNIT 3 AUXILIARY VIEWS (Weightage- 08 , Hrs- 06)

3a.Draw an auxiliary view of 3.1 Study of auxiliary planes, projection of objects on
given object. auxiliary planes.

3b.Complete an incomplete 3.2 Completing the principle view with the help of given
principle view from the auxiliary views.
given auxiliary view.

UNIT 4 CONVENTIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND PRODUCTION DRAWING

(Weightage- 16 , Hrs- 06)
3a. Use IS SP-46 (1 9 88) 3.1 Conventional breaks in pipe, rod and shaft.
codes. 3.2 Conventional representation of common features
3b. Interpret standard like slotted head, radial rib, knurling, serrated
conventions used in given shaft, splined shaft, ratchet and pinion, repeated
mechanical working drawing. parts, square on shafts, holes on circular pitch,
3c. Use standard conventions in internal and external thread.
practice. 3.3 Conventional representation of standard parts like
3d. R e p r e s e n t tolerances ball and roller bearing, gears, springs.
on the given machine 3.4 Counter sunk and Counter bored holes.
components. 3.5 Tapers.
3e. Identify fit required 3.6 Limits, Fits and Tolerances:
between mating parts of
a) Definitions, introductions to ISO system of
machine components
Tolerance.
based on the given
tolerance values. b) Dimensional tolerances:- Terminology, selection
and representation of dimensional tolerance-
3f. Interpret welding
number and grade method. Definitions concerning
symbols in the given
Tolerancing and Limits system, unilateral and
working drawing.
bilateral tolerance, Hole and shaft base systems,
3g. Interpret surface
Types of fits- Clearance, transition and Interference,
roughness characteristics
Calculation of limit sizes and identification of
from the values
type of fit from the given sizes like 50 H7/s6, 30
given on component
drawing. H7/d9 etc.
3h. Draw above conventional 3.7 Geometrical Tolerances:Types of geometrical
G P Pune
Page 35 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
representations for the tolerances, representation of geometrical tolerance
given situation. on drawing.
3.8 General welding symbols, length and size of weld.
surface contour and finish of weld. all round and
site weld, symbolic representation in Engineering
practices and its interpretation.
3.9 Machining symbol and surface texture: Indication of
machining symbol showing direction of lay,
sampling length, roughness grades, machining
allowances, manufacturing methods.
3.10 Draw a production drawing of a component/ part using
above conventions and methods.

UNIT 5 DETAILS TO ASSEMBLY (Weightage- 16 , Hrs-04)

5.a Explain the general a. Introduction . Sequence of preparing assembly drawing.

procedure for assembly of Bill of materials. Any assembly consisting of 6 to 10
components. parts . for example-
5b. Draw the assembly drawing b. i)Cotter Joint,Knuckle Joint,Turnbuckle.
from the given detail ii)Universal Coupling , Oldhams Coupling, Flange
drawing. coupling
iii)Journal Bearing.Pedestal Bearing,Footstep bearing,
ball bearing,roller bearing.
iv)Piston and connecting rod of IC engine.
v)Lathe tool post.
vi)Lathe tail stock.
vii)Screw Jack.
viii)Drill Jig.
ix)Gland and stuffing Box.
x)Stop valve, Non return valve.

UNIT 6 ASSEMBLY TO DETAILS (Weightage -16 , Hrs- 04)

6.a Identify various components 6.1 Introduction. Process of drawing detail drawings from the
in the assembly. assembly drawing.
6.b Draw detailed drawings 6.2 Details of all assemblies mentioned in Unit V.
from the given assembly
drawing.

63. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FORQUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Development of Surfaces 06 - - 12 12
II Intersection of solids. 06 - - 12 12
G P Pune
Page 36 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
III Auxiliary Views 06 - - 08 08
IV Conventional Representation
06 08 04 04 16
and Production Drawing.
V Details to Assembly. 04 - 16 16
VI Assembly to Details. 04 16 16
Total 32 08 04 68 80

64. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Other than the classroom and laboratory learning, following are the suggested student-related
co-curricular activities which can be undertaken to accelerate the attainment of the various
outcomes in this course:
Student should maintain a separate A3 size sketch book which will be the part of term
work and submit it along with drawing sheets.
Students should collect Production drawings, Layouts from nearby
workshops/industries and study the drawings.
Students should visit workshop, other laboratories and industries to study various
assemblies.
Prepare paper models of development of lateral surfaces of solids.
Visit Institute's Power engineering Lab, TMM Lab, Hydraulics Lab or Workshop
and prepare detailed drawings and assembly drawing of any one available
assembly . The dimensions are to be measured by using proper measuring instruments.

65. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
u. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
v. Show video/animation films to explain orthographic and sectional orthographic
projection.
w. Demonstrate/ explain the problems using models. Actual working assemblies eg.
Bench vice, pipe vice, screw jack, tool post, tail stock piston, cylinder connecting rod,
crank and models of keys, cotter joints knuckle joints can be used.
x. Use charts and industrial drawing to teach standard symbols Teacher should ask the
students to go through instruction and Technical manuals
y. Encourage students to refer different websites to have deeper understanding
of the subject.

66. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

NA
(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

67. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

S.
Title of Book Author Publication/ ISBN No
No.
21 Elementary Engg. Charotar Publication, Anand.
N.D. Bhatt
Drawing ISBN:9789380358178
G P Pune
Page 37 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

S.
Title of Book Author Publication/ ISBN No
No.
( Including plane and
solid geometry )
22 Curriculum
A Workbook in Development Somaiyya Publication Pvt. Ltd.,
Engineering Drawing Centre, TTTI, Mumbai
Bhopal
23 Charotar Publishing house Pvt.
Geometrical and Ltd., Anand, Gujarat, 2013, ISBN
N.D. Bhatt
Machine Drawing
9789380358635
24 McGraw I-Iill, New Delhi, 2009
Machine Drawing Sidheshwar
ISBN: 9780074603376
25 Kannaiah, Narayan
Machine Drawing New Age International Publishers. New
& K. vekanta
Delhi, 2009 ISBN:
Reddy
26 S.P. 46 – 1988 Code Bureau of Indian Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
of Engg. Drawing for Standards Third reprint, October 1998
Schools & Colleges ISBN 8170610912
27 I.S. 813 – 1988 Bureau of Indian Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
Code of welding Standards
symbols

68. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

9. www.nptel.com
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/
11. http://www.technologystudent.com/
12. Engineering graphics and Drawing v 1.0 from cognifront
13. www.slideshare.net/
14. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2sM04tkgD2Y&list=PLIhUrsYr8yHwAbiCA
TZUbzd_CpF0EHF3v&index=7
15. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u0VQ3xYHpCk&list=PLIhUrsYr8yHwAbiC
ATZUbzd_CpF0EHF3v&index=8
16. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V4AAU9tXCYU&list=PLIhUrsYr8yHwAbiC
ATZUbzd_CpF0EHF3v&index=9
17. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YSzIUzLLPOY&list=PLIhUrsYr8yHwAbiC
ATZUbzd_CpF0EHF3v&index=10
18. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DMtZxp8eFWk&list=PLIhUrsYr8yHwAbiC
ATZUbzd_CpF0EHF3v&index=1
19. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tkz-
OevEddM&list=PLIhUrsYr8yHwAbiCATZUbzd_CpF0EHF3v&index=4
20. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9hD7q2CqAOA&list=PLIhUrsYr8yHwAbiC
ATZUbzd_CpF0EHF3v&index=6
21. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_M
SeYB60S6M J.
22.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Uy
G P Pune
Page 38 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

ROI-bAMu4 k.
23. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eix8
xbqb93
24. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kWOI6ttDTBc
25. http://www.yolltube.com/watch?v=g.Jbr02jtoa8&f
eature=related
26. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PXgkBadGHE
E

69. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 - - 1 -
CO2 2 3 2 - - 1 -
CO3 2 3 2 - - 1 -
CO4 3 3 3 - - 1 1
CO5 2 3 3 - - 1 1

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 1
CO2 - 1
CO3 - 1
CO4 - 1
CO5 - 2

Sign: Sign:

Name: 1) M.W.Giridhar. Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni.

(Head of Department)

2) M.V.Munde.

(Course Expert /s)

G P Pune
Page 39 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni. Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure.

(Program Head ) (CDC I/c )
(Mechanical Engg Dept.)

G P Pune
Page 40 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB'– Scheme

Programme Diploma in ME

Programme code 04

Name of Course THERMAL ENGINEERING

Course Code ME3102

Prerequisite course code and
name

1. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE(OE) PA
Marks 80 20 150
25 25
03 00 02 05 Exam
3 Hrs 1 Hr 2 Hr
Duration
(*):OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical&Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice,P-practical,ESE-End
semester examination,PA- Progressive Assesment.

2. RATIONALE
Thermal engineering incorporating basic principles of the thermodynamics and heat
transfer forms an essential element of any mechanical engineering course these days.
In this core area, students will be able to solve many problems related to this and inter
areas, because the principles involved have universal applications. Keeping this in
mind, the present course lays more emphasis on understanding the basic principles of
thermodynamics and heat transfer and applying these to practical thermodynamics
practical problems. The understanding of fundamentals will also be of direct
relevance later when power engineering is studied.
Steam power plants are being established in the country in a big way to cater for the
spurt in power demand. It is expected that a large number of mechanical technicians
will be associated with planning erecting, running and maintain steam power plant.
The present course includes the study of important components of such plants so that
these technicians do not find themselves stranger if called upon to perform these jobs
.

G P Pune
Page 41 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

3. COMPETENCY
The aim of this course is to help the student to attain the following industry identified
competency through various teaching learning experiences:
 Use principles of thermal engineering to maintain thermal related equipment.

4. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

The theory, practical experiences and relevant soft skills associated with this course
are to be taught and implemented, so that the student demonstrates the following industry
oriented COs associated with the above mentioned competency:
a. Apply laws of thermodynamics to devices based on thermodynamics.
b. Calculate thermodynamic properties of Ideal gases and Steam
c. Differentiate various types of heat exchangers on various aspects.
d. Illustrate the working of various components of steam power plant.

5. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1. Trace the path of Flue Gases and Water Steam circuit 4 02
3
of the boiler.
2 3 Assembly and dismantling of boiler mountings. 4 04
3 3 Assembly and dismantling of boiler accessories. 4 04
4 Perform simulation of Thermal Power Plant and 4 02
3 write specifications of boilers, turbines, condensers
and electrical generators.
5 Plot steam properties on Mollier chart for a given 2
2 02
sample of wet steam.
6 Assembly and dismantling of impulse and reaction 4
4 02
turbines (working Model).
7 Assembly and dismantling of cooling tower (working 4
5 02
Model).
8 Dismantle given model of surface condenser, draw 4
5 02
sketches of various parts and assemble it.
9 6 Calculate the thermal conductivity of Metallic Rod. 3 02
10 Identify different equipment in power engineering 3
lab having heat exchangers and classify heat
6 02
exchangers. Write construction and working any 03
of above heat exchangers.
11 Calculate mass flow rate of one fluid using energy 3
6 02
balance equation in heat exchanger.
12 Calculate convective heat transfer coefficient for the 3
6 02
given fluid.
13 Extended work- Searching and collecting latest 1,4
3-6 information on any of the above experiments from 04
internet.
Total 32
G P Pune
Page 42 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Note-Any minimum twelve laboratory experiments from above needs to be

performed in the laboratory.

A suggestive list of PrOs is given in the above table. More such PrOs can be added to attain
the COs and competency.

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

a. Arrangement of available equipment / test rig or model 20
b. Setting and operation 20
c. Safety measures 10
d. Observations and Recording 10
e. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 20
f. Answer to sample questions 10
g. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

5. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO.No.

23 Models of water tube and fire tube boilers (cut section models). 2,3
24 Various mountings and accessories of boilers for assembly and
2,3
dismantling purpose.
25 Relevant simulation software. 4
26 Cut section models of impulse turbine and reaction turbine. 6
27 Experimental setup with convergent and divergent nozzle. 6
28 Model of surface steam condenser with assembly and dismantling 8
purpose.
29 Experimental setup of shell and tube steam condenser. (Minimum shell 8
diameter 45cm).
30 Experimental set up for determination of thermal conductivity. 9
31 Models of different heat exchangers. 10
32 Models of different cooling towers 7
33 Experimental set up to determine convective heat transfer coefficient. 12

6. THEORY COMPONENTS
The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

G P Pune
Page 43 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1- Thermodynamic Principles (Weightage-14 , Hrs-80)
1a. Determine the properties of 1.1 Definition and units-- of Force, Pressure, Volume,
the given substance using Temperature,Work, Torque, Power (Linear & Rotary). (S.I.
thermodynamic property units).
tables. 1.2 Basic concepts – Thermodynamic system, boundary,
1b. Explain the phenomena surroundings. Types of system- closed and open, point function
when thermodynamic and path function. Definition of property, intensive and
principles is applied to the extensive property, properties like specific volume, density,
given condition of gas. pressure, temperature.
1c. Explain the phenomena Process, work-thermodynamic definition, work done at the
when first law of moving boundary, heat- thermodynamic definition, difference
thermodynamics is applied between heat and work.
in the given thermodynamic 1.3 First law of thermodynamics: -First law for closed system,
system. internal energy, Types of energy- potential energy, kinetic
1d. Explain the phenomena energy, flow energy. First law for open system -steady flow
when second law of energy equation, enthalpy. Application of first law to the close
thermodynamics is applied system, and to open system like boiler, turbine, engine, nozzle,
in the given thermodynamic condenser, pump, compressor, throttling. Definition of specific
system heat Cp and Cv.
1e. Determine the rate of work 1.4 Second law of thermodynamics : Concept of Heat engine,
done and thermal energy heat pump and refrigerator ,thermal efficiency, COP, Second
transfer during law of thermodynamics, Kelvin -Plank and Clausius statement,
thermodynamic process in equivalence of two statements, reversible process, factors
the given type of open making process irreversible, Entropy, entropy change in
system. reversible process..

UNIT 2 - Ideal gas processes and steam properties (Weightage- 14 , Hrs- 12)
1a. Evaluate the work done 2.1 Definition of an ideal gas, ideal gas laws ,equation of state ,
and thermal energy characteristic of gas equation, specific and universal gas
transfer according to constant, specific heat, internal energy and enthalpy analysis of
Boyles law and Charles’ ideal gas processes assuming constant specific heats.
law for the given situation. 2.2 Process like constant volume (isochoric), constant pressure
1b. Calculate the mass of a gas (isobaric), adiabatic (isentropic), irreversible adiabatic,
and its final condition polytropic, throttling etc. In each case change in internal
parameters after energy, enthalpy, entropy and determination of heat and work
undergoing a particular may be considered, and processes plotted on Pressure-Volume
process for the given (P-V) and Temperature- Entropy (T-S) diagrams
situation.. 2.3 Two phase system:- Generation of steam at constant
1c. Determine characteristic pressure with representation on various charts such as P-V, T-S
gas constant of commonly and H-S. Properties of steam and use of steam table, dryness
used gases for the given fraction, degree of superheat, sensible and latent heat ,Mollier
data. or (H-S) diagram.Numericals using steam table to determine
1d. Calculate different energy dryness fraction and enthalpy of wet,dry saturated and
changes during ideal gas superheated steam..
processes for the given
situation.
1e. Determine dryness
fraction for the given
steam sample

G P Pune
Page 44 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)

UNIT 3 Heat Transfer Principles

(Weightage- 12 , Hrs- 00)
5a. Calculate heat transfer by 3.1 Modes of heat transfer - Conduction, convection and
conduction through radiation.
composite slabs and pipes for 3.2 Conduction - Fourier‟s law, thermal conductivity,
the given data. conduction through cylinder, thermal resistance, composite
5b. Use Stefan Boltzman’s law of walls,list of conducting and insulating materials.Simple
radiation in the given numericals
situation.
3.3 Convection - Newton‟s law of cooling, natural and forced
5c. Solve thermal engineering
convection.
problems with the given data
using principles of energy 3.4 Radiation- Thermal Radiation, absorptivity, transmissivity,
mechanisms. reflectivity, emissivity, black and gray bodies, Stefan-Boltzman
5d. Explain construction and law.
working of a given type of 3.5 Heat Exchangers - Classification, construction and working
heat exchangers with sketches. of shell and tube, shell and coil, pipe in pipe type and plate
5e. Select heat exchangers for the type heat exchanger, automotive heat exchanger and its
given situation with applications, importance of equation for LMTD(no
justification derivation) simple numerical problems(Understand level)

UNIT 4- Steam generators and boiler draught (Weightage- 14 , Hrs- 80)

2a. Calculate the efficiency of 4.1 Rankine cycle, Steam boilers : Classification(sub critical
given type of boiler for the and super critical boilers), description and working of common
given conditions. boiler ( this may be included in laboratory work only and
2b. Calculate the rates of should be as a demonstration in laboratory with available
thermal energy transfer in models, charts and virtual laboratory )
the given type of boiler and 4.2 Maintenance and inspection of boilers.
superheater for the given 4.3 High pressure boilers - (1) Lamont (2) Loeffler (3) Velox
conditions. (4) Benson boiler. Application of boilers in process
2c. Describe different types of engineering.
high pressure boilers. 4.4 Boiler mountings and accessories, study of various boiler
2d. Name and describe different mountings such as safety valve, water level indicators, pressure
types of boiler draught gauge, feed check valve, blow off cock, fusible plug (this
should be done in laboratory with available models and charts).
Study of various boiler accessories such as feed water injector,
economiser, super heater, air preheater, (this should be done in
laboratory with available models and charts)
4.5 Boiler draught – natural and artificial draught, relative
merits and demerits (No analytical treatment).

G P Pune
Page 45 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 5 -Steam nozzles and steam turbines (Weightage- 14 , Hrs- 86)

3a. Select the nozzles for the 5.1 Steam nozzles,Function- ,typessteady flow energy equation
given situation. .for norrle
3b. Determine thermal efficiency 5.2 Steam turbine - Classification of turbines, Construction and
for the specified type of working of impulse and reaction turbine.
steam turbine for given 5.3 Compounding of steam turbines and various methods of
conditions. compounding, their relative comparison, Regenerative feed
3c. Interpret the given types of heating, bleeding of steam turbines.
steam cycles to estimate
efficiencies in a steam power
plant
5d Compare the performance for
the given steam turbine

UNIT 6 Condensers and cooling tower (Weightage- 12 , Hrs- 06)

Identify the elements and 6.1 Functions of condenser,location of condenser in thermal

processes of the given type of ,power plant classification of condensersDalton’s law of ,
steam condensers. ,partial pressure
6a. Identify the elements and 6.2 condensers Construction and working of Jet and Surface
processes of the given cooling 6.3 Sources of air leakage into condenser, effects of air
towers. leakage, definitions of vacuum efficiency, condenser efficiency
6b. Calculate condenser (simple numericals)
efficiency and vacuum 6.4Cooling Towers-Construction and working of natural
efficiency for the given ,forced and induced draught cooling tower.
parameters.
6c. Evaluate the thermal
performance for the given data
of thes team condenser
6d. Interpret the thermal design
of the given type of cooling
tower.
6e. Select condensers for the
given situation with justification
6f. Select cooling tower for the
given situation with justification
.

7. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

G P Pune
Page 46 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Fundamentals of 08 04 04 06 14
thermodynamics
II Ideal gases and ideal gas 12 04 04 06 14
processes
III Heat Transfer Principles 00 04 04 04 12
IV Steam generators and boiler 80 02 04 08 14
draught
V Steam nozzles and steam 86 02 04 08 14
turbines
VI Condensers and cooling tower 06 02 04 06 12

Total 40 10 24 30 80

8. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Other than the classroom and laboratory learning, following are the suggested student-related
co-curricular activities which can be undertaken to accelerate the attainment of the various
outcomes in this course: Students should conduct following activities in group and prepare
reports of about 5 pages for each activity, also collect/record physical evidences for their
(student‟s) portfolio which will be useful for their placement interviews:
a. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
b. Prepare and present a seminar on boiler instrumentation using appropriate sources of
information.
c. Prepare charts on compounding, regenerative feed heating processes.
d. Prepare P-V & T-S charts of different ideal gas processes.
e. Prepare P-H, H-S, T-S diagrams for different steam processes.
f. Draw manually enthalpy-entropy (Mollier) chart and represent different vapor
processes on the same using different color combinations.
g. Prepare a report on visit to Sugar Factory / Steam Power Plant / Dairy industry with
specification of boiler and list of mountings and accessories along with their functions.
h. List insulating and conducting materials used in various applications.

9. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
a. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
b. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
c. With respect to item No.9 teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
d. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
e. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
f. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
g. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals

G P Pune
Page 47 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

10. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

AN
(Only for Class Declaration Courses)
Only one micro-project is planned to be undertaken by a student that needs to be assigned to
him/her.In the first four semesters, the micro-project are group-based. However, in the fifth
and sixth semesters, it should be preferably be individually undertaken to build up the skill
and confidence in every student to become problem solver so that s/he contributes to the
projects of the industry. In special situations where groups have to be formed for micro-
projects, the number of students in the group should not exceed three.
The micro-project could be industry application based, internet-based, workshop-
based, laboratory-based or field-based. Each micro-project should encompass two or more
COs which are in fact, an integration of PrOs, UOs and ADOs. Each student will have to
maintain dated work diary consisting of individual contribution in the project work and give a
seminar presentation of it before submission. The total duration of the micro-project should
not be less than 16 (sixteen) student engagement hours during the course. The student ought
to submit micro-project by the end of the semester to develop the industry oriented COs.
A suggestive list of micro-projects is given here. Similar micro-projects could be
added by the concerned faculty:
a. Prepare charts on fundamentals concepts of thermodynamics. E.g. First/Second law
applications, heat and work transfer.
b. Investigate energy transfer in thermodynamic system.
c. Prepare at least one model explaining ideal gas processes.
d. Prepare at least one model of boiler mountings and accessories.
e. Collect and analyze technical specifications of steam turbines, boilers from
manufacturers‟ websites and other sources.
f. Prepare a report on steam traps used in steam piping.
g. Carry out comparative study of conventional cooling towers, cooling towers used in
power plants and upcoming cooling towers. .
h. Make power point presentation including videos on heat exchangers commonly used.
i. Make models of Shell and Tube, Plate, tube in tube heat exchangers in workshop.
j. Organize a group discussion session on relative merits and demerits of different types
of turbines, condensers, boilers.
k. Make a model of steam condenser and show how vacuum is created after steam
condensation.
l. Undertake a 03 days training at Thermal Power Plant.

11. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher,
S.N. Title Edition and Year of ISBN Number
publication
28 Thermal Engineering Rathore, Mahesh M. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, New
Delhi 2010, ISBN: 9780070681132
29 Basic Nag, P. K. McGraw-Hill Education, New Delhi
Thermodynamics
30 Thermal Engineering Rajput, R. K. Firewall Media, New Delhi 2005,
ISBN: 978-8170088349
31 A Textbook of Gupta, J. K.; Khurmi S. Chand Limited, New Delhi 1997,
Thermal Engineering R. S. ISBN: 9788121925730
32 A course in Thermal Domkundwar, S; Dhanpat Rai and company, New
Engineering Kothandaraman, C. Delhi, 2004, ISBN:9788177000214
G P Pune
Page 48 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

P;Domkundwar, A. V.

33 Elements of heat Patel and Karamchandani Acharya Publication, Vadodara

engines Vol I, II and
III

34 Engineering P.B. Joshi, Pune

thermodynamics V.S.Tumane VidyarthiGrihaPrakashan,Pune30
35 Thermal Engineering A.S.Sarao Satya prakashan ,New Delhi

36 Heat Engineering Kumar,Vasandani Metropolitan book company ( p) Ltd.

Delhi-6
37 Lewitt Thermodynamics Sir Isaac Pitman and sons Publication
applied to Heat Ltd.
Engines

13SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

1http://www.sfu.ca/~mbahrami/ENSC%20388/Notes/Intro%20and%20Basic%20C
oncepts.pdf
2http://web.mit.edu/16.unified/www/FALL/thermodynamics/notes/node12.html
3https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9GMBpZZtjXM
4https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3dyxjBwqF-8
5https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=02p5AKP6W0Q
6http://www.learnengineering.org/2013/02/working-of-steam-turbine.html
7https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MulWTBx3szc
8http://nptel.ac.in/courses/103106101/Module%20-%208/Lecture%20-%202.pdf
9https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jv5p7o-7Pms
11http://www.cdeep.iitb.ac.in/webpage_data/nptel/Mechanical/Heat%20and%20Mass%20Tr
ansfer/Course_home_1.html
11http://www.rinfra.com/energy_generation.html
12https://www.youtube.com/watch?8gEffEt9r2G
13https://www.youtube.com/watch?0FeaKjjyaea
14https://www.youtube.com/watch?CE8IFzpDrrq
15https://www.youtube.com/watch? gjHeGg-JCjI

12. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 - 1 2 1 2 1
CO2 2 2 1 - 1 2 2
CO3 2 1 1 2 2 1 1
CO4 3 1 2 2 2 1 1

PSO1 PSO2
G P Pune
Page 49 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

CO1 - 2
CO2 1 1
CO3 - 2
CO4 1 2

Sign: Sign:

Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure Name: Dr. N.G..Kulkarni

Shri.V.J.Deshpande
(Head of Department)
(Course Expert /s)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr..N.G.Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Program Head ) (CDC )

(Head of Department)

G P Pune
Page 50 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in MECANICAL ENGINEERING

Programme code 04/24

Name of Course FLUID MECHANICS AND FLUID MACHINERY

Course Code ME3103
Prerequisite course code and ----
name

70. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
*ESE/
L T P C ESE PA PA
POE 150
Marks 80 20 25
25
04 00 02 06 Exam
3 Hrs 1 Hr 2 Hr
Duration
(*): OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical&Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assesment.
71. RATIONALE
Knowledge of fluid pressure, fluid flow and related machinery is essential in all fields of
engineering.Hydraulic machines and hydraulic devices have important role in power
generation, power transmission, water supply, irrigation and other engineering segments.
This subject requires the knowledge of basic engineering science, applied mechanics and
mathematics etc. The fundamentals of this subject are essential for the subject Industrial
Hydraulics to be taught in higher semesters.

72. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences
:
 Maintain Hydraulic machinery using knowledge of Fluid Mechanics.

73. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

After studying this course, the student will be able to

11. Define different characteristic of fluids.
12. Identify the patterns of fluids flow.
13. Determination of different losses in flow through pipes.
14. Calculate efficiency of different turbines and pumps.
15. Select Suitable Turbines and pumps based on given parameters.

74. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises(Pro’s)
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1 Determination of coefficient of discharge of 01 04
1 rectangular notch/Orifice.

2 Measure the Total Energy available at different 02 04

sections of a pipe layout
2
3 Determination of coefficient of discharge of 03 04
Venturimeter.
4 Estimate Darcy‟s friction factor „f‟ in pipes of three 03 04
different diameters for four different discharges
3
5 Determination of loss of head due to sudden 03 04
enlargement and sudden contraction in pipes.
6 04 04
Determine the force exerted by a jet on flat plate
4
7 Observe construction, working and find power and 04 04
efficiency of Pelton wheel or Francis turbine.
8 Observe construction working & find power & 05 04
5
efficiency of centrifugal /Reciprocating pump
Total Hrs 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

w. Arrangement of available equipment / test rig or model 20
x. Setting and operation 20
y. Safety measures 10
z. Observations and Recording 10
aa. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 20
bb. Answer to sample questions 10
cc. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

G P Pune
Page 52 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

75. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

1 Hydrulic Bench 1,2

2 Venturimeter Testing Apparatus 1 ,2,3
3 Impact of jet test rig 4
4 Centrifugal pump Test rig 6

5 reciprocating Pump Test Rig 6

6 Pelton Wheel test rig 4

7 Francis Turbine test rig 4

8 Different sizes pipes 1,3,4
9 Manometers with Mercury, Stop watch , Bourdon All
Pressure Gauge

76. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. Fluids, Fluid Pressure & Measurement of Pressure (Weightage-14 , Hrs- 10)
a. 1.1 Fluid, types of fluids, properties of fluids::mass density,
1.1a)Compare the given two weight density, specific volume, specific gravity, viscosity,
fluids based on the given kinematic viscosity, Newton‟s law of viscosity and units.
physical properties. Compressibility &bulk Modulus, surface tension, Capillary
1.2a) Calculate fluid pressure, action, vapour pressure, cavitation. Types of fluids: Ideal, Real,
total pressure and centre of Newtonion, Non- Newtonion, Plastic.
pressure on the given immersed
body in the specified liquid and 1.2 Pascal‟s Law, concept of static pressure, pressure head,
the given position. centre of pressure and total pressure for rectangular, circular
1.3a)Choose the relevant and triangular plane surfaces.
pressure measuring device for
the given situation with 1.3Concept of atmospheric pressure, Gauge pressure and
justification. vacuum pressure. Pressure head measurement by Piezometer,
1.3b)Calculate pressure using U-tube manometer, inverted U-tube manometer, micro
different Types of Manometers manometer and Bourdon‟s pressure gauge.
and Bourdon pressure gauge
measuring devices for the given
application .

G P Pune
Page 53 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 2 Flow of Fluids (Weightage- 12 , Hrs- 10)
a. 2.1 Types of flows: Steady-unsteady, uniform-non uniform,
2.1a)Compare the types of fluid Laminar-turbulant, compressible-incompressible, rotational-
flow based on the given irrotational, 1,2,3 Dimesional. Rate of flow (discharge).law of
characteristic properties. continuity, Reynolds‟s number.
2.2a)Determine energies
possessed by flowing fluids. 2.2 Energies possessed by flowing liquids like pressure,
2.3b)Apply Bernoulli‟s theorem kinetic and potential energy, total energy equation
and Continuity equation to the
given discharge measuring 2.3 Bernoulli‟s theorem and its application to venturimeter
device and data. and Pitot tube
2.5a)Determine Hydraulic
coefficients. 2.4 Derivation for discharge through Venturimeter
2.6b)Describe with sketches the
procedure to calculate discharge 2.5 Hydraulic coefficients, determination of coefficient of
using the given flow meter. velocity by trajectory method
2.6c)Choose the relevant
discharge measuring device for 2.6 Flow through small circular orifice, rectangular and V-
the given situation with notches.

UNIT 3 Flow through Pipes

(Weightage - 12 , Hrs- 10)
3.1a)Use laws of fluid friction 3.1 Laws of fluid friction for laminar and turbulent flow.
for the given Laminar and Darcy‟s and Chezy‟s equation for frictional loss. Different
turbulent flow. types of head losses in pipes. Minor losses: sudden
3.1b)Use Darcy‟s equation and expansion, sudden contraction, bend, pipe fittings, entry,
Chezy‟s equation for the given exit. Equivalent pipe.
frictional losses.
3.1c)Estimate losses in flow for 3.2 Hydraulic gradient line, total energy line.
the given pipe layout.
3.3a)Calculate power 3.3 Power transmitted thorough pipes, transmission
transmitted and transmission efficiency, water hammer and its effects (numerical based
efficiency for the given pipe of connected reservoirs are not expected)
layout and data.

UNIT 4 Impact of Jet and Water turbines (Weightage- 16 , Hrs- 14)

4.1a)Apply impulse momentum 4.1 Impact of jet and generation of force on stationary and
equation to the given geometry moving flat plate, stationary and moving curved vanes.
of vanes and find equation for
force and work done. 4.2 Tangential entry on the moving vanes mounted on wheel,
4.2a)Calculate force exerted by calculation of work done and efficiency.
a jet, work done and efficiency
for the given vane and data. 4.3Simple layout of hydro-electric power plant showing dam,
4.2b)Draw velocity diagram for reservoir pen stock, surge tank pressure relief valves turbine
the given curved vane with pen stock and tail race.Simple layout of hydro-electric power
special reference to turbines. plant showing dam, reservoir pen stock, surge tank pressure
4.2c)Draw velocity diagram for relief valves turbine pen stock and tail race.
G P Pune
Page 54 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
the given curved vane with
special reference centrifugal 4.4Classification of turbines, principles of working and
pumps. construction of Pelton, Francis, and Kaplan Turbines.
4.3a)Select the hydraulic turbine
for the given application with 4.5Construction and working of Pelton wheel and Francis
justification. turbine, Draft tubes – types and construction, calculation of
4.4a)Calculate work done, work done, power developed, losses and different efficiencies
power, specific speed and including velocity diagram.
efficiency of the given turbine
and data. 4.6Methods of governing, performance characteristics,
4.5a)Describe with sketches the
functioning of the given types of 4.7 Concept of cavitation in Turbines. Turbine selection critria
Draft tubes.
4.6a)Draw characteristic curves
of the given turbine.
4.6a)Describe the procedure to
troubleshoot the given type of
hydraulic turbine with sketches.

UNIT 5 Centrifugal Pumps (Weightage- 16 , Hrs- 12)

5.1a)Select the relevant 5.1 Classification and applications of pumps, main

hydraulic pumps fo the given components, construction, and working. Priming, different
application with justification. heads, velocity diagrams, calculation of power required to
5.1b)Calculate work required drive the pump, manometric efficiency and overall
and efficiency of the given efficiency. NPSH and performance characteristic curves.
centrifugal pump data. (numerical based on velocity diagrams are expected)
5.1c)Draw characteristic curves
of the given pump. 5.2 Multistage pumps, submersible pumps, jet pumps,
5.2a)Describe the procedure to maintenance and fault finding, their remedies. Installation
troubleshoot the given type of and testing of centrifugal pumps and pump selection.
hydraulic pump with sketches.

UNIT 6 Reciprocating pumps and Hydraulic devices (Weightage- 10 , Hrs- 8)

6.1a). Calculate slip, efficiency, 6.1 Construction and working of single acting and double
and power required to drive the acting pumps, indicator diagram. Positive and negative slip,
given reciprocating pump and calculation of power required. Air vessels, functions and
data. advantages.

6.2 Working principle, construction & applications of

6.2a). Define working principle hydraulic intensifier, hydraulic press and hydraulic lift.
of different hydraulic devices
with sketch and applications.

77. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

G P Pune
Page 55 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

No. Hours R U A Total

Level Level Level Marks
I Fluid, Fluid Pressure and
10 06 04 06 16
Measurement of pressure
II Flow of Fluids 10 08 02 02 12
III Flow through Pipes 10 06 02 04 12
IV Impact of Jet and Water turbines 14 04 04 08 16
V Centrifugal Pumps 12 04 04 06 14
VI Reciprocating pumps and
08 04 04 02 10
hydraulic devices
Total 64 32 20 28 80

78. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

a. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.

b. Follow the safety precautions.
c. Use various mechanical measuring instruments and equipments related to fluid mechanics
and machinery.
d. Read and use specifications of the hydraulic machines and equipment.
e. Library / Internet survey of hydraulics and hydraulic machines
f. Prepare power point presentation or animation for understanding constructional details and
working of different hydraulic machines.
g. Visit nearby shops to identify different PVC and GI pipe fittings. Collect manufacturing
catalogue related to the same.
h. Visit nearby shops to identify different pumps. Collect manufacturing catalogue related to
the same and compare their salient features.
i. Prepare a list of commercially available software related to computational Fluid dynamics
(CFD).
J. Visit any hydraulic
power plant and write report.

79. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
z. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
aa. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
bb. With respect to item No.8, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
G P Pune
Page 56 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

cc. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.

dd. Correlate subtopics with power plant system and equipments.
ee. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
ff. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
gg. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals

80. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)
Only one micro-project is planned to be undertaken by a student that needs to be assigned
to him/her in the beginning of the semester. In the first four semesters, the micro-project are
group-based. However, in the fifth and sixth semesters, it should be preferably be individually
undertaken to build up the skill and confidence in every student to become problem solver so
that s/he contributes to the projects of the industry. In special situations where groups have to
be formed for micro-projects, the number of students in the group should not exceed three.
The micro-project could be industry application based, internet-based, workshop-based,
laboratory-based or field-based. Each micro-project should encompass two or more COs
which are in fact, an integration of PrOs, UOs and ADOs. Each student will have to maintain
dated work diary consisting of individual contribution in the project work and give a seminar
presentation of it before submission. The total duration of the micro-project should not be less
than 16 (sixteen) student engagement hours during the course. The student ought to submit
micro-project by the end of the semester to develop the industry oriented COs

A suggestive list of micro-projects are given here. Similar micro-projects could be

added by the concerned faculty:
A. Prepare a pipe layout water suppy of your lab from supply reservoir and calculate the loss
of head.
B. Prepare a chart of showing all the pressure and flow measuring devices.
C. Prepare a demonstration model of hydroelectric power plant/ any hydraulic device.
D. Calculate running cost of your house,/hostel pump and verify the electricity bill.
E. Gather information of hydroelectric power plants in Maharashtra, India and world.
F. Visit a hydroelectric power plant and write report.
G. Make a video to explain the Hydraulic power generation which could be understood by
common man.
H. Select a pump for a coolant re circulation in lathe machine, Bore well pumps, pump at
service station, pump used in water coolers, pump in purified water filter system with
justification.
I. Download catalogue of pump manufacturer like kirloskar, CRI Texmo,etc and compare their
parameters.
J. Dissemble and assemble centrifugal pump for fault finding, troubleshooting and to identify
wornout parts.
K. Prepare display chart of types of pipes on the basis of mareial, size and applications.
L. Study pressure gauges used by road side tyre works, blood pressure measurement by
doctors,, pressure gauges mounted on turbine test rig.
M. Visit to nearby pump manufacturing unit
N.Conduct market survey of pump suppliers and prepare report on technical specifications,
area of applications, cost, material of different parts and maintenance procedure.

G P Pune
Page 57 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

81. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and Year

S.N. Title ISBN Number
of publication
Hydraulics and Modi P.N. Seth ISBN 978818940126
Fluid SM
Mechanics Standard Book House
1 including New Delhi, 2013
Hydraulic
Machines
.
Fluid Bansal R. K. ISBN 9788131808153
Mechanics and Laxmi Publication Pvt. Ltd.
2
Hydraulic m/c New Delhi, 2013,

A text book of Rajput R. K. ISBN 9789385401374

Fluid S. Chand and Company Pvt. Ltd.
Mechanics and New Delhi, 2000,
3
Hydraulic
Machines

Fluid Subramanya K. ISBN 9780070699809

Mechanics and Tata McGraw-Hill Co. Ltd. New
Hydraulic Delhi
4 Machines: 2011,
problems and
solution

Fluid Ojha, Berndtsson, ISBN 9780195699630

Mechanics and Chnadramouli
Machinery Oxford University Press, New
5
Delhi
2000,

Introduction to Som S. K. , Biswas G. ISBN 9780070667624

Fluid Tata McGraw-Hill Co. Ltd. New
Mechanics Delhi
6
and Fluid 2005,
Machines

A Textbook of Khurmi R. S. ISBN-13: 9788121901628

Hydraulics, S. Chand and Co. Ltd. New
Fluid Delhi
7 Mechanics and 2015,
Hydraulic
Mechanics

Hydraulic, fluid Ramamrutham S. ASIN: 8187433809

mechanics and Dhanpat Rai and Sons New Delhi
8
fluid machines 2011,

G P Pune
Page 58 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Fluid Streeter Victor, Benjamin Wylie ISBN 978-0070701403

Mechanics E. Bedford K.W.
9 McGraw Hill Education; New
Delhi, 2017,

Hydraulic Jagdish lal ISBN-13: 9788120004221

10 Machines Metropolitan; 2008,

SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

www.nptel.ac.in/courses
www.learnerstv.com www.ni.com/multisim
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e6a2q9k2JCA
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5TTnFccqJEE
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3Gq3tR3fkM0
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UNBWI6MV_lY
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ljMVt7T4HQM
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnOQMk7pKak
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IcJOkRZPNMI
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w7n0srAzm8g
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f9LY0-WP9Go
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tXLI-IeAynI
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qbyL--6q7_4
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3BCiFeykRzo
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0p03UTgpnDU
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BaEHVpKc-1Q
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oQqMrtc6kJQ

82. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 1 - - - - 2
CO2 3 2 1 1 - 1 2
CO3 3 2 - 1 - 1 2
CO4 3 - - - - - 2
CO5 2 - - 1 3 1 3
Avg 2.7 1 0.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 2.2

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - -
CO2 - 1
CO3 - 1
CO4 - 1
CO5 - 2
Avg - 1

G P Pune
Page 59 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Sign: Sign:

Name: Smt.V.S.Jadhav Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni

(Course Expert /s) (Head of Department)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Program Head ) (CDC )

(Mech.Engg.Dept.)

G P Pune
Page 60 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

180 OB -Scheme

Programme Diplôma in ME

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Metrology and Measurements (C.D.)

Course Code ME 3104

Prerequisite course code and ---
name

1. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME:

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
Marks 80 20 150
25 25
04 00 02 06 Exam
3 Hrs 1 Hr 2 Hr
Duration
(*): Under the theory PA, Out of 20 marks, 10 marks are for micro-project assessment
Legends: L- lecture-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.

2. RATIONAL:
The course has been included in the curriculum as inspection and quality control activities are given
prime importance in industry. A diploma technician working in the industry has to identify the variables to be
measured, decide the accuracy required, Select the instrument, investigate reasons for defects and give
suggestions, decide whether to accept or reject the jobs.

Methods and techniques of measurements are becoming increasingly important in engineering in recent
years. Laboratory programs have been modernized, sophisticated electronic instrumentation has been
incorporated into the program and newer techniques have been developed. The course aims at making a
Mechanical Engineering student familiar with the principles of instrumentation, transducers & measurement of
parameters like temperature, pressure, flow, speed, force and stress.

3. COMPETENCY:
Use relevant analog and digital instruments to measure various parameters of machine components and
Mechanical Engineering related applications.

4. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs):

1. Select the relevant instrument for measurement of length and angle.
2. Select gauges, fits and tolerances for machine components.
3. Use relevant instruments for thread, gear and surface measurement.
G P Pune
Page 61 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

4. Identify different components of a control system.

5. Select relevant instruments for measurement of speed, temperature, flow and
miscellaneous quantities.

5. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/EXERCISES: - Any TWELVE

Sr. No. Name of Practical / Experiment / Assignment Hrs

1 Study & use of various basic measuring instruments. 04
2 To find unknown angle of component using Sine-Bar, slip gauge and dial indicator 02
3 Use of dial indicator for run out measurement. 02
4 Study & use of pneumatic comparator 02
Measurement of different Parameters of screw thread by optical profile projector/ Tool
5 02
maker microscope.
6 Study and use of Autocollimator/ Angle Dekker. 02
7 Measurement of gear tooth elements by using gear tooth Vernier caliper 02
8 Measurement of surface finish – Ra, Rz values. 02
9 Study of generalized measurement & identification of components 02
10 Study & detection of different types of errors in any one measurement system 02
11 Calibration of pressure gauge using Dead weight Tester 02
12 Temperature Measurement using thermocouples, pyrometers. 02
13 Displacement measurement using Linear variable differential transducer. 02
14 Force measurement on load cell demonstrator. 02
15 Speed measurement with Magnetic pickup transducer/ Stroboscope 02
Total 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

a. Arrangement of available equipment / test rig or model 20

b. Setting and operation 20

c. Safety measures 10

d. Observations and Recording 10

e. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 20

f. Answer to sample questions 10

g. Submission of report in time 10

Total 100

6. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED:

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity
in conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

G P Pune
Page 62 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required Pr. No.

1 Vernier, micrometers of various types, vee block, spirit 1

level, combination set, gauges
2 Dial indicator, Pneumatic comparator, sine bar 2,3,4
3 Optical profile projector, tool maker‟s microscope 5
4 Autocollimator, Angle Dekker 6
5 Gear tooth Vernier 7
6 Surface roughness tester 8
7 Various transducers 9,10,11,12,13,14,15

7. THEORY COMPONENTS:

Unit Outcomes (UOs)

(in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub topics
SECTION I

UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION TO METROLOGY

(Weightage - 12 , Hrs - 10 )

1a. Explain the testing parameters used 1.1 Selection of Definition of metrology, objective of
for the given instrument. metrology, Need of inspection.
1b. Select relevant measuring
1.2 Static characteristics of instruments – Least count
instrument for the given job with (resolution), range and span, accuracy and precision,
justification. reliability, calibration, hysteresis, dead zone, drift,
sensitivity, threshold, repeatability, reproducibility,
1c. Calculate the least count of all basic linearity, Amplification, Magnification.
instruments.
Dynamic characteristics of instruments - speed of
1d. Identify the errors in given response, fidelity, overshoot.
instrument. n1.3 Errors- Sources of errors, Types of errors, factors
affecting accuracy.
1e. Select slip gauges to be used along 1.4 Selection of instrument, general precautions of
with sine bar for given job.
instruments.
1f. Select angular measuring 1.5 Standards in measurement: Definition and introduction
instrument for the given job. to Line standard & end standard.
1.6 Study of sine bar, slip gauges (With Numerical on
setting of slip gauges)
1.7 Angular measurement: Bevel protractor, spirit level,
Sine Bar, Angle Gauges (With Numerical on Setting of
Angle Gauges).

UNIT 2. LIMITS, FITS, GAUGES AND COMPARATORS

(weightage -12, Hrs - 10)

2a. Apply limits, fits and tolerances on 2.1 Limits Fits and tolerances: Concept of Limits, terminology,
the given job. Selective Assembly, Interchangeability.

G P Pune
Page 63 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

2b. Select the gauges for the given job 2.2 Indian standard (IS 919-1993), types of fits, Hole and Shaft Basis
with justification. System, (Numericals on finding the limit and tolerances of hole and
shaft assembly)
2c. Select slip gauges for adjusting
Adjustable snap gauge. 2.3 Gauges: Limit gauges. Taylor‟s principle of gauge design, Plug,
Ring Gauges, snap gauges, adjustable snap gauges.
2d. Explain construction and working
of given comparator. 2.4 Comparators: Definition, Requirement of good comparator,
Classification, use of comparators, Working principle of comparators,
Dial indicator, Pneumatic comparator.

UNIT 3. SCREW THREAD, GEAR AND OTHER

MEASUREMENTS
(weightage - 16 , Hrs - 12 )

3.1 Screw thread Measurements: Screw thread terminology, Errors in

threads, Measurement of different elements such as major diameter,
3a. Calculate screw thread parameters minor diameter, effective diameter, pitch, thread angle. Best size wire,
using given method. two wire method, Thread gauge micrometer, Working principle of
floating carriage dial micrometer.
3b. Explain the procedure of
measuring the given gear parameters. 3.2 Gear Measurement: Gear terminology, Analytical and functional
inspection, Parkinson Gear tester, gear tooth Vernier, Profile projector,
3c. Measure surface finish of the given Errors in gears.
component.
3.3 Meanings of surface texture and definitions, terminology as per
3d. Explain the procedure to check Indian standard, methods of surface measurement.
surface pattern by optical flat.
3.4 Flatness checking by optical flat.
3e. Explain the procedure for
measurement by CMM. 3.5 Introduction to Co-ordinate measurement machine (CMM).

SECTION II
UNIT 4. GENERALIZED MEASURING SYSTEM
(weightage -12 , Hrs - 10 )

4a. Identify different characteristics of 4.1 Generalized measuring system and its components.
given instrument.
4.2 Transducers: Classification of transducers- active and passive,
4b. Classify the transducers for the contact, non-contact, Mechanical, Electrical, analog, digital.
given application. Applications of transducers.

4c. Identify the given contact and non- 4.3 Block diagram of automatic control system, closed loop system,
contact transducer with justification. open loop system, feedback control system, feed forward control
system, servomotor mechanism.
4d. Identify components in the control
systems for boilers and ACs. 4.4 Applications of control systems for boiler and air conditioners
.

UNIT 5. DISPLACEMENT, SPEED AND

TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
(weightage - 14 , Hrs -12 )

G P Pune
Page 64 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

5a. Select displacement measuring

sensor in the given system with 5.1 Specification, selection and application of displacement transducer,
justification. Potentiometer.
5b. Describe with sketches the use of 5.2 Speed measurement –
speed measuring instrument for given Tachometers: Eddy current generation type, incremental and absolute
system. type.
5c. Choose relevant instruments to Classification: Mechanical Tachometers, Slipping Clutch Tachometer,
measure temperature of given system. Electrical Tachometers, Eddy current Drag Cup Tachometer, Contact
less Electrical tachometer, Inductive Pick Up, Capacitive Pick Up,
5d. Describe with sketches the Stroboscope.
procedure of temperature measurement
by given device. 5.3 Non-electrical methods- bimetal and liquid in glass
thermometer, pressure thermometer.

5.4 Electrical methods- RTD, platinum resistance thermometer,

thermostat.

5.5 Thermoelectric methods-elements of thermocouple, law of

intermediate temperature, law of intermediate metals.

UNIT 6. FLOW AND MISCELLANEOUS MEASUREMENT

(weightage - 14 , Hrs - 10)
6a. Identify the flow meter for given
situation with justification.
6.1 Types of flow meters. Selection criteria for flow meters.
6b. Select relevant flow meter to Variable area meter - Rota meter, turbine meter.
measure flow in given system with Anemometer - hot wire and hot film.
justification. Electromagnetic flow meter, ultrasonic flow meter.

6c. Identify relevant sound measuring 6.2 Acoustics measurement- sound characteristics - intensity,
device for the given situation with frequency, pressure, power - sound level meter.
justification.
6.3 Humidity measurement - hair hygrometer
6d. Select the relevant humidity
measuring device for the given system 6.4 Force measurement -Tool Dynamometer (Mechanical Type)
with justification.
6.5 Shaft Power Measurement - Eddy Current Dynamometer, Load
6e. Select relevant dynamometer for cells
measuring the given torque with
justification.

8. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN:

Cognitive Levels
Unit
Unit title Teachin Total
No. Knowledge Comprehension Application
g hours
Introduction To 10
1. 2 04 04 04 12
Metrology
2. Limits
. Fits and Gauges 10
04 04 04 12
and
4 Comparators
Screw thread, gear and 12
3. 06 04 06 16
other measurements
Generalized measuring 10
4. 04 04 04 12
system
G P Pune
Page 65 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Displacement, speed and 12

5. temperature 04 04 06 14
measurement
Flow and miscellaneous 10
6. 04 04 06 14
measurements
Total 64 26 24 30 80

9. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES:

a. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.

b. Prepare charts showing construction of different instruments.
c. Prepare charts of limits, fits and gauges.
d. Search information about various ISO standards of measurement.
e. Collect information of transducers and prepare charts of the same.

10. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the
attainment of the various outcomes in this course:

hh. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
ii. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which are relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations.
jj. Teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and provisions for co-curricular
activities.
kk. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
ll. Use Flash/Animations to explain working of various instruments.
mm. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals.

11. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS:

Only one micro-project is planned to be undertaken by a student that needs to be
assigned to him/her. In the first four semesters, the micro-projects are group-based.
However, in the fifth and sixth semesters, it should be preferably be individually
undertaken to build up the skill and confidence in every student to become problem solver
so that s/he contributes to the projects of the industry. In special situations where groups
have to be formed for micro-projects, the number of students in the group should not
exceed three.
The micro-project could be industry application based, internet-based, workshop-
based, laboratory-based or field-based. Each micro-project should encompass two or more
COs which are in fact, an integration of PrOs and UOs. Each student will have to maintain
dated work diary consisting of individual contribution in the project work and give a
seminar presentation of it before submission. The total duration of the micro-project
should not be less than 16 (sixteen) student engagement hours during the course. The
student ought to submit micro-project by the end of the semester.

G P Pune
Page 66 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

A suggestive list of micro-projects is given here. Similar micro-projects could be

added by the concerned faculty:
a. Various charts.
b. Various models
c. Simple transducers.
d. Various PPTs on advanced topics.

12. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES :-

Sr. No Author Title Publication

1 R.K. Jain Engineering Metrology Khanna Publication, New Delhi
2 A text book of Engineering
I.C. Gupta Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
Metrology
3 K.J. Hume Engineering metrology Kalyani Publication, Ludhiyana
4 Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New
A.K. Sawhney Mechanical Measurements & Instrumentation
Delhi.
5 Metropolitan Publications, New
D.S. Kumar Mechanical Measurements & Control
Delhi
6 Khanna Publications, New
R.K. Jain Mechanical & Industrial Measurements
Delhi

13. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES: Students should refer following videos

from internet.
Introduction to metrology :
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HpIEeBtJupY&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&in
dex=1

MQC terminologies:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpHzjhYyKO4&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&in
dex=2
Measurement errors:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7VNyyInaVsU&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&i
ndex=3
Angle plate, steel rule, spring calipers: https://w
ww.youtube.com/watch?v= u8UW9O1UHCw&list PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8m
CxzKA&index=4
Combination set, Vernier calipers:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SBGacenZ_80&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&in
dex=5
Height gauge, micrometers:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ioyRjm-dSuI &list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry
8mCxzKA&index=6
Micrometer, Bore gauge:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E7KWQTQOV3M&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzK
A&index=7
Dial indicators, thickness gauges, depth gauges:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xPUjQAtre7Q&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&i
ndex=8
Manufacturing tolerances and fits:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-_qz8_sbhwY&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50
dKry8mCxzKA&index=9
Terminology of limits, fits and tolerances:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c8TKftViusQ&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&in
dex=10
Numerical problems on fit and tolerances:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uAntebtIgCY&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&in
dex=11
Selection of fits and tolerances:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rbk28swIiHU&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&in
dex=12

G P Pune
Page 67 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Limit gauging:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OcbkOvjZujU&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&i
ndex=14
Surface finish parameters:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=99zzBRKYLwQ&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA
&index=20
Screw thread terminology:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O7WvzU3FQ5c&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA
&index=23
Screw thread measurement:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xPGi2e-
gOo8&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&index=24
Gears:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n1EzCOnZn3s&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&i
ndex=25
Angle measurement:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U_LMe40gxds&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&i
ndex=27
Comparators:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hi7NUJdznc0&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&i
ndex=32
Pneumatic comparator:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TyM28gmhJcc&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&i
ndex=34
Universal testing machine:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cjzSXPDBA_Q&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSZiwuh_tp50dKry8mCxzKA&
index=37
Generalised measuring system:
https://youtu.be/oAdNKL8SgNY
Transducers:
https://youtu.be/bfw_So5cCp4?list=PLVsrfTSlZ_40qYhVeqtLiNhnQ_40IfOyM
Temperature measurement:
https://youtu.be/tg8M3uOJi2M

14. PO - CO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 - 2 2 - - 2
CO2 3 1 2 2 - - 2
CO3 3 1 2 2 - - 2
CO4 3 2 - 2 - - 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 2 3

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 1
CO5 - 1

Mrs. V. S. Jadhav
Dr. N. G. Kulkarni

G P Pune
Page 68 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

(Head Of Department)

Mr. N. B. Hirlekar

(Course experts)

Dr. N. G. Kulkarni Mr. A.S. Zanpure

(Program Head) (CDC)

(Head Of Department)

G P Pune
Page 69 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in Mechanical Engineering

Programme code 04/18/24

Name of Course Theory of Machines and Mechanisms

Course Code ME 3105

Prerequisite course code and name --

● TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA OE PA 150
Marks 80 20 25 25
4 -- 2 6 Exam
03 01 -- --
Duration
(*): Under the theory PA, Out of 20 marks, 10 marks are for micro-project assessment
Legends: L- lecture, T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End semester examination,
PA- Progressive Assesment.

● RATIONALE
In this machine age , it is necessary to know the mechanism of machine to understand its functioning.
Number of links transferring the forces and motion will comprise mechanism.
This course deals with geometry of mechanism, as well as velocity and acceleration of links, inversions
of kinematic chain, different power drives
The scope of course is kinematics and dynamics of machines, role of friction, flywheels and governor,
power transmission and application of cams.

● COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through various teaching
learning experiences:
● Use principles of kinematics in Design or maintenance of various equipment

● COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

1. Illustrate Inversions of various mechanisms using basic definitions

2. Calculate velocities and accelerations of various links of mechanisms using graphical solutions
3. Justify role of Flywheel, Governors,Brakes, Clutches in Mechanical applications
4. Draw cam profiles for various follower motions
5. Calculate power transmitted by belt drives, Velocity ratios of various types of Gear trains.

● SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

G P Pune
Page 70 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and assessed in the
student for the attainment of the competency:

Sr. Unit Practical Exercises Relevant Approximate

No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain) CO Hours Required.
1 Identify the types of kinematic pairs and inversions of 1 4
mechanisms in the various models available in he
laboratory( sketches and explanation is expected) four
bar,single slider ,double slider crank chains
2 Measure the ratio of time of cutting stroke to the return 1 4
stroke in shaping machine available in institute‟s workshop
by varying the stroke length. ( Sketch or photographof the
mechanism is expected)
3 Determine velocity and acceleration of various links of the 2 6
given mechanism (any two) by relative velocity method for
analysis of motion of links (Minimum 2 problems on A3
size drawing sheet).

4 Determine velocity and acceleration in an I. C. engine‟s 2 2

slider crank mechanism by Kleins‟s construction (Minimum
2 problems on A3 size drawing sheet).
5 Measure the lift of sleeve of the centrifugal governor for 4 4
various speeds. Draw the turning moment diagram of four
stroke I.C.Engine and define various terms related to
flywheel and governor
6 Identify different types of brakes such as band brake, block 3 4
brake and observe their working by actually handling the
working models. Demonstration of calculation of breaking
torque on a dynamometer.
Draw
7 profile Draw the profile of a radial cam for given folloffollower motion 5 4
(Minimum 3 problems on A3 size dsize drawing sheet).
8 Collect information of belt drives,chain drives and gear 6 4
drives by surveying different laboratories and workshop (
Students will visit PE lab ,App Mech Lab, workshop and
take photographs and relevant information about drives and
prepare report of it) i.e velocity ratio, types of belts, types of
gear drives etc.
9 Prepare at least one working model,or charts etc in a group
of 4 to 5 students (mini project)
Total Hrs
32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

● Arrangement of available equipment or model 20
● Line work and presentation of graphical solutions of problems 20
● Safety measures 10
● Observations and Recording 10
● Mini Project 20
● Answer to sample questions 10
● Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

● MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in conduct of practical, as
well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.
G P Pune
Page 71 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

● Ackerman‟s steering gear mechanism and foot operated air pump mechanism, 1-4
slider crank mechanism, elliptical trammel, skotch yoke mechanism, oldham‟s
coupling, hooks joint, inversions of four bar mechanisms.
● Working models of locomotive coupler, Beam engine, Pantograph, Pendulum 1-4
pump, Rotary I.C. engine mechanism, Oscillating cylinder engine, Whitworth
quick return Mechanism, Quick return mechanism of shaper, Scotch Yoke
mechanism, Elliptical trammel and Oldham‟s Coupling.
● Working models of various cam follower arrangements for demonstration. 12

● Working and cut section models of various types of brake assemblies. 7

● Various types of clutch assemblies. 8

● Working models of various types of governors. 10

● Working models of 13
● various belt drives,
● chain and sprocket,
● various gear drives.
● Working Models of Gear trains - all types.(Simple, compound, reverted, epicyclical). 13

● THEORY COMPONENTS
The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for achieving the COs to
attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. KINEMATICS OF MACHINE (Weightage-12 , Hrs- 08)

● Identify various constraints of ● Kinematics of Machines:

motions in the given mechanism Introduction to Statics, Kinematics, Kinetics, Dynamics.
with justification. Kinematic links, joints, pairs, chain and its types, Constrained motion and its
● Describe the constructional details of types, Inversion, Mechanism, Machine and Structure.
the given mechanism ● Inversions of Kinematic Chains:
● Select suitable mechanism for the Four bar chain – Locomotive coupler, Beam engine and
given application with justification. Pantograph,ackermann steering mechanism
Single slider Crank chain – Pendulum pump, Rotary I.C. engine
mechanism, Oscillating cylinder engine, Whitworth quick return
Mechanism, crank and slotted lever quick return mechanism
Double Slider chain - Scotch Yoke mechanism, Elliptical trammel,
Oldham‟s Coupling.

UNIT 2 VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION IN MECHANISMS

(Weightage- 12 , Hrs- 12)
● Draw dimensioned sketch of the ● Concept of relative velocity and relative acceleration of a point on a
given mechanism. link, angular acceleration, inter-relation between linear and angular
● Draw velocity diagram for a given velocity and acceleration.
mechanism using relative velocity ● Klein‟s construction to determine velocity and acceleration of
method. different links in single slider crank mechanism.
● Draw acceleration diagram for the ● Drawing of velocity and acceleration diagrams for simple
given mechanism. mechanisms. Determination of velocity of a point on link by relative
● Draw velocity and acceleration velocity method
diagram for the given mechanism
using Klein‟s construction.
● Estimate velocity and acceleration of
any link at any instant in the given
mechanism.
UNIT 3 FLYWHEEL ,GOVERNER and BALANCING (Weightage- 12 , Hrs- 08)

● Draw turning moment diagram ● Flywheel-Introduction to flywheel – need, function and application of
G P Pune
Page 72 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

for the given single cylinder 4- flywheel with the help of turning moment diagram for single cylinder
Stroke I.C Engine 4-Stroke I.C Engine.
● Explain the method of ● Coefficient of fluctuation of energy, coefficient of fluctuation of speed
balancing a rotating mass as per and its significance.
the given conditions. ● Governors- Introduction, types, functions and applications,
● Estimate the balancing mass Terminology of Governors. Comparison of Flywheel and Governor.
and position of plane ● Balancing- Need and types of balancing, Balancing of single rotating
analytically and graphically in mass, balancing of several masses revolving in same plane.
the given problem
UNIT 4 FRICTION (Weightage- 20 , Hrs- 14)

● Illustrate types of brakes ● Introduction to Brakes – Types, Functions and Applications.

● Explain various parts of the No neumericals on brakes and dynamometer.
given brakes and ● Construction and principle of working of i) Shoe brake, ii) Band brake
Dynamometers with their iii) Internal expanding shoe brake iv) Disc Brake.v) Hydraulic Brake
functions and constructional ● Braking force, braking torque and power for shoe and band brake.
details. ● Dynamometer- construction and working of Rope Brake, Hydraulic,
● Describe needs, functions and Belt transmission , epicyclic gear train dynamometer
applications of the given ● Clutches-Uniform pressure and Uniform Wear theories. Introduction
clutches. to Clutch - Types, Functions and Applications, Construction and
● Explain various parts of the principle of working of
given clutch with their functions i) Single-plate clutch,
and constructional details. ii) Multi-plate clutch,
iii) Centrifugal Clutch
iv) Cone clutch
4.5 Bearings – Analytical treatment to determine power absorbed in friction
for flat collar and pivot bearings
( conical pivot excluded )

UNIT 5 CAMS AND FOLLOWERS (Weightage- 12, Hrs- 10)

● Draw dimensioned sketch of the ● Introduction to Cams and Followers. Cam and follower terminology.
given cam and follower arrangement. Classification of Cams and Followers. Applications of Cams and
● Identify the type of motion of Followers.
follower in the given situation with ● Types of follower motions and their displacement diagrams -
justification. Uniform velocity, Simple harmonic motion, uniform acceleration and
● Draw cam profile for the given retardation.
motion of knife-edge and roller ● Drawing of profile of a radial cam based on given motion of
follower with and without offset reciprocating knife-edge and roller follower with and without offset.
application using Graphical method.

UNIT 6 POWER TRANSMISSION (Weightage- 12 , Hrs- 12)

● Calculate velocity ratio, belt ● Belt Drives – Introduction to Flat belt, V-belt & its applications,
tensions, slip and angle of contact in materials used for flat and V-belts. Angle of lap, length of belt, Slip
the given belt drive. and creep. Determination of velocity ratio of tight side and slack side
● Estimate power transmitted and tension for flat belt centrifugal tension and initial tension, condition
condition for maximum power for maximum power transmission. Merits, demerits and selection of
transmitted in the given belt drive belts for given applications.
through simple numerical problem ● Chain Drives – Introduction to chain drives, Types of chains and
sprockets, Methods of lubrication. Merits, demerits of chain drives.
● Calculate Train value & velocity ● Gear Drives – Introduction to gear drives, Classification of gears, gear
ratio for the given simple, terminology, Types of gear trains, Train value & velocity ratio for
compound, reverted and epicyclic simple, compound gear trains using spur gears. Merits, demerits and
gear trains using spur and helical selection of gear drives for given applications.
gears.

● Select suitable drives for the given

application with justification.

G P Pune
Page 73 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

● SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Kinematics of Machine 08 6 6 - 12
II Velocity Acceleration in Mechanisms 12 2 4 6 12
III Flywheel ,Governor and Balancing 08 2 4 6 12
IV Friction 14 4 8 8 20
V Cams and Follower 10 2 4 6 12
VI Power Transmission 12 2 4 6 12
Total 64 14 26 40 80

● SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Other than the classroom and laboratory learning, following are the suggested student-related co-curricular
activities which can be undertaken to accelerate the attainment of the various outcomes in this course: Students
should conduct following activities in group and prepare reports of about 5 pages for each activity, also
collect/record physical evidences for their (student‟s) portfolio which will be useful for their placement
interviews:
● Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
● Prepare charts of different clutch, Brakes, Dynamometers and chain drive
● Compile information from internet related to various mechanisms/elements like piston, crank,
connecting rod, cam, clutch, brake, flywheel, governor, or animation of mechanism etc. along with
functions and areas of application of each.
● List the mechanisms which you are using in your day to day life. Sketch any three from these.
● List the different mechanisms used in a typical car.
● Identify and measure the dimensions of Flywheel used in automobile engines, generators, punching and
riveting machines.
● Identify the type of clutches used in different automobiles and also the type of brakes in automobile and
bicycle.
● Visit the market and collect the data of items which are used in any mechanisms. Data includes
specifications, cost, applications, etc. Also name the mechanism/s in which such item/s is/are used.

● SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
outcomes in this course:
● Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub topics.
● About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in nature is to be given
to the students for self-directed learning and assess the development of the COs through classroom
presentations (see implementation guideline for details).
● With respect to item No.8, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and provisions for co-
curricular activities.
● Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
● Correlate subtopics with power plant system and equipment.
● Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
● Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
● Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals

● SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

in the project work and give a seminar presentation of it before submission. The total duration of the micro-
project should not be less than 16 (sixteen) student engagement hours during the course. The student ought to
submit micro-project by the end of the semester to develop the industry oriented COs.
A suggestive list of micro-projects is given here. Similar micro-projects could be added by the
concerned faculty:

● SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and Year

S.N. Title ISBN Number
of publication
Theory of Rattan S. S. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1986
1
Machines ISBN 9780070591202
Theory of Khurmi R. S., Gupta J. K. S. Chand Publications, New Delhi, 2015 ISBN
2
Machines 9788121925242
Theory of Bevan Thomas Pearson Education India, 1986, 3/e
3
Machines ISBN 9788131729656
Theory Of Ballaney P.L. Publisher Khanna, 2003,
4 Machines and Edition 23, ISBN 9788174091222
Mechanisms
A Text Book of Bansal R.K., Brar J. S. Laxmi Publication, New Delhi, 2004,
5 Theory of ISBN 9788170084181
Machines
Theory of Joseph E. Shigley OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, Fifth Edition,
6 Machines and ISBN 9780190264482
Mechanisms
Mechanics of J. Hannah & R.C. Stephens Hodde; International student edition edition,
machines ISBN-13: 978-0713132328
7
elementary theory
and examples

● SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

● http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=112104121
● http://www.technologystudent.com/gears1/gears7.htm
● http://kmoddl.library.cornell.edu/model.php?m=20
● http://www3.ul.ie/~kirwanp/whatisacamandfollowersyste.htm
● http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-
● Delhi/Kinematics%20of%20Machine/index.htm
● http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/12/enotes/Des_Mac-Ele2/Unit6-RK.pdf
● en.wikipedia.org/.../Canadian_Committee_for_the_Theory_of_Machines...
● global.oup.com/.../theory-of-machines-and-mechanisms-978019537123...
● www.tecquipment.com/Theory_of_Machines.aspx
● www.researchgate.net/.../0094-114X_Mechanism_and_Machine_Theory
● www.journals.elsevier.com/mechanism-and-machine-theory/
● journalseek.net/cgi-bin/journalseek/journalsearch.cgi?field=issn...
● site.iugaza.edu.ps/wp-content/.../IUGAZA%20TOM2012_CH1-2.pdf
● www.iftomm.org/
● www.wiziq.com/online-tests/44047-mechanical-theory-of-machine
● www.cs.ubc.ca/~murphyk/Teaching/CS340-Fall07/infoTheory.pdf

● PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 - 1 - - - 2
CO2 3 2 2 - - 1 1
CO3 - 1 1 2 - 1 2
CO4 2 3 3 - - - 1
CO5 1 2 3 - - 1 1

G P Pune
Page 75 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 2
CO2 2 -
CO3 1 2
CO4 2 2
CO5 1 2

Sign: Sign:

Name Mr. R.R.Godbole Name: Dr. N. G. Kulkarni

(Head of Department )

(Course Expert /s)

.Sign: Sign:

Name: Mrs. M.S. Deshmukh Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Course Expert /s) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 76 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB'– Scheme

Programme Diplôma in ME

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/18/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Fundamental of Mechatronics

Course Code ME 3106

Prerequisite course code and NA
name

83. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
*ESE
L T P C ESE PA PA
(POE) 100
Marks - - 25 25
1 0 2 3 Exam
- -
Duration
(*): POE (Practical & Oral Examination)
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice,P-practical,ESE-End
semester examination,PA- Progressive Assessment.

84. RATIONALE
Rapid development in Technology and competitive economy has led to development
of new trends in manufacturing Industry such as CNC Machines, Automation, FMS
etc. which consists of combination of mechanical, electrical and electronic systems
which is referred as Mechatronics. Diploma engineer in professional life has to operate
and maintain systems being developed in the area of Mechatronics. In view of this, it
is important for him to understand fundamental facts, concepts, principles and
application of Mechatronics systems which enables him to work as technician to adopt
an interdisciplinary approach of engineering while working on shop floor/industry.

85. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Use mechatronics systems for relevant Application.

86. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

G P Pune
Page 77 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

1) Identify various instruments, sensor, actuators, microprocessor, software and

mechanical components in mechatronics based systems.
2) Prepare block diagrams for basic applications.
3) Use sensor and actuator for different mechatronics applications.
4) Programme PLC for simple applications.
5) Use microprocessor and microcontroller for simple mechatronics based applications

87. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1 Conduct a survey of manufacturers of various CO1 04
1
building blocks of mechatronic system
2 Identify various types of sensors and actuators used CO1 02
1
in mechatronics systems in lab
3 Use open and closed loop controls for interfacing CO2 02
2
servomotors.
4 Select sensors and actuators for given application CO3 02
3
with justification.
5 Prepare small circuits using different sensors CO2 02
Proximity Sensor –NPN.NO.PNP, Limit Switch,
3 Opto sensors, Pressure sensors, Motor-24V DC,
interfacing facility with PLC used in Mechatronics
systems.
6 Prepare small circuits using different transducers like CO3 04
3
linear and rotary transducers with PLC
7 Identify various types of PLC and microprocessors CO4 02
4,5
used in mechatronics systems in lab
8 Prepare small circuits for CO3, 02
i) Door open and close application, CO4
ii) Stamping
3,4
iii) Raw material rejection system (any one)
using different actuators with PLC and its use in
Mechatronics Systems
9 Develop ladder diagram for simple light ON OFF CO4 04
4
switch
10 Develop ladder diagram for pedestrian traffic CO4 02
4
controller (Yellow, Red, Green )
11 Develop ladder diagram for simple applications of CO4 02
4 PLC such as Soft drink vending machine, bottle
filling plant. (any one)
12 Select PLC and microprocessors for given CO4, 02
4,5
application with justification. CO5
13 Write simple program for microprocessor (8085) CO5 02
5
based application.
G P Pune
Page 78 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Total Hrs 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

h. Arrangement of availableequipment or model 20
i. Setting and operation 20
j. Safety measures 10
k. Observations and Recording 20
l. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 10
m. Answer to sample questions 10
n. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

88. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO.No.

34 PLC Trainer Kit with 12 DI,12 DO,2AI and 2AO with ladder and 1 to 12
scada software
35 Basic Pneumatic Trainer Kit with manual and electrical controls/ 1 to 12
PLC Control
36 Electro-pneumatic Trainer kit 1 to 12

37 Basic Hydraulic Trainer Kit 1 to 12

38 Hydraulics and Pneumatics Systems Simulation Software 1 to 12
/Automation studio
39 BLDC, stepper motor and drive circuit sets. 1 to 12
40 AC servo and VFD trainer kit 1 to 12
41 Real Time Temperature Controller 1 to 12
42 DC Motor Speed controller 1 to 12
43 Servo controller using Open/Closed loop control system 1 to 12
44 Pneumatic Power circuit system 1 to 12
45 Real Time Temperature Controller 1 to 12
46 SCADA software (2000 points) with Siemens TIA portal educational 1 to 12
bundle or equivalent Free Software
47 Pneumatic Power circuit system for Door close and open application, 1 to 12
stamping application and raw material rejection system

89. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopicsshould betaught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.
G P Pune
Page 79 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. Introduction to Mechatronics(Hrs-02)
1f. Compare with block 1.1 Introduction, Need, Scope, objectives and importance
diagram the features of the 1.2 Traditional V/s Mechatronics Approach,
traditional and Mechatronics 1.3 Block diagram representation of General Mechatronics
system for the given system (key elements of mechatronics system) showing
example various components with suitable example.
1g. Identify sensor, actuators,
microprocessor techniques,
software and mechanical
components in the given
diagram of the mechatronics
based system with
justification.

UNIT 2 Block Diagram Representation(Hrs- 02)

2a. Describe basic elements of 2.1 Control System - Open and Closed Loop Systems, Basic
the given closed loop Elements of closed loop system, Concept of Transfer
system. Function, Block Diagram & Reduction principles
2b. Build Blocks of 2.2 Building Blocks of Mechatronics - Electronics,
Mechatronics Instrumentation, Sensor, Actuators, Microprocessor
2c. List applications of techniques, Software, Mechanical Components.
Mechatronics system 2.3 Applications of Mechatronic systems such as washing
machine, microwave oven, Flexible Manufacturing
System.
UNIT 3 Sensors & Actuators(Hrs- 04)

3a. Explain working of the 3.1 Introduction to Sensors,Transducersand Actuators

given sensor with sketch and 3.2 Need, Classification of Sensors and Actuators.
block diagrams. 3.3 Working and Application of- Potentiometer Sensors, Strain
3b. Write specifications and Gauge Elements, Capacitive Elements, Eddy Current,
features of the given sensor. Proximity Sensors, Inductive Proximity Sensors, Light
3c. Select relevant sensor for the Sensors, Pressure Sensors, Pneumatic Sensors,
given situation with Pyroelectrical Sensors, Piezoelectric Sensors.
justification. 3.4 Electrical Actuation Systems - Electrical Systems Viz.
3d. Select the relevant actuator Switching Devices, solenoid type Devices, Drive Systems,
for the given situation with Mechanical Switches Viz. Debouncing, Keypads, Electro-
justification. Mechanical and Solid State Relays, Stepper Motors.
3e. 3.5 Selection of Sensor & Actuator.

UNIT 4 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (Hrs- 04)

4a. Explain with sketches 4.1 Introduction, definition, Basic PLC functions, PLC block
the working of the given PLC. diagram, Difference between relay panel and PLC,
4b. Write specifications and 4.2 Power supply, input/output modules (analog, digital)
features of the given PLC concepts of sink/source, set/reset, latch/unlatch,
and power supply. 4.3 Advantages and disadvantages.
4c. Select the relevant PLC and 4.4 Installation, troubleshooting and maintenance.
power supply for the given 4.5 Selection of a PLC, Programming equipment,
G P Pune
Page 80 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
situation with justification. 4.6 Introduction to Programming Formats, Ladder diagrams
4d. Describe the procedure for and sequence listing, PLC auxiliary commands and
installation, troubleshooting functions, Online, offline, stop/run modes of operations,
and maintenance of the uploading/ downloading between PLC and PC.
given PLC.

UNIT 5 MICROPROCESSOR AND MECHATRONICS SYSTEM (Hrs- 04)

5f. Explain the working of the 5.1 Introduction, Architecture-Pin Configuration, Instruction
microprocessor with set,
sketches and block 5.2 Interfacing input and output devices, Interfacing D/A
diagrams. converters and A/D converters,
5g. Justify the use of D/A 5.3 Applications-Temperature control-Stepper motor control-
converters and A/D Traffic light controller,
converters in the given 5.4 Introduction to ICs used for interfacing Comparison of
application. microprocessor and microcontroller
5h. Explain with sketches the 5.5 Application of Mechatronics systems in Washing
working of the mechatronics Machines, Desk Jet Printer, CNC Trainers, Pick and Place
devices in the given Robot, Automatic camera.
appliance. 5.6 Introduction to IoT, general applications, role of
mechanical engineer in IoT.

90. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FORQUESTION PAPER DESIGN

91. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

92. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
nn. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
oo. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
pp. With respect to item No.8, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
qq. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
G P Pune
Page 81 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

rr. Correlate subtopics with power plant system and equipment.

ss. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
tt. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
uu. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals

93. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

94. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and

S.N. Title ISBN Number
Year of publication
Mechatronics K.P. Ramchandran Jhon Wiley & sons, 2013
Integrated G.K. Vijayraghavan
1 Mechanical M.S. Balsundaram
electronic
system
Mechatronics Bolton W. Addison Wesley Longman Ltd., U.S.A.
2
1999, ISBN 9780582357051
Mechatronics H.M.T. McGraw-Hill Education, New Delhi,
3
2000, ISBN: 0074636435
Mechatronics Dawson D.A., Burd N.C., Chapman-Hall, 1993, Taylor & Francis,
Electronics in Loader A.J. ISBN 9780748757428
4
Production and
Process
Introduction to Histand Michael B. Alciatore McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2003 ISBN
mechatronics David G. 9780072402414
5
and Measuring
Systems
Mechanical SawhneyPuneet, Sawhney A.K. DhanpatRai and Sons, 2013, New Delhi
Measurements
6
and
Instrumentation

G P Pune
Page 82 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

95. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

27. www.cesim.com/simulations
28. www.scilab.org/scilab
29. www.ni.com/multisim
30. www.youtube.com /electric circuits
31. www.dreamtechpress.com /ebooks
32. www.nptelvideos.in/electrical engineering/ circuit theory
33. www.learnerstv.com/free-engineering
34. www.orcad.com/resources/orcad-downloads

96. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 - - 1 - - 2
CO2 2 - 1 1 - - 2
CO3 3 - - 2 - - 3
CO4 3 2 2 3 - 2 3
CO5 2 - - 2 - - 2

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 3 -
CO5 - 2

Sign: Sign:

Name Dr. A AGadhikar Name:

Mr. S.S.Harip

(Course Expert /s)

.Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr. N.G.Kulkarni Name:ShriA.S.Zanpure

(Head of Department) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 83 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in Mechanical Engineering

Programme code 04/18/24

Name of Course Computer Aided Drafting

Course Code
ME3107
Prerequisite course code and
name --

97. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA
Marks -- -- 50 100 50
00 00 04 4 Exam
2 Hr
Duration
(*): OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical & Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture, T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination,PA- Progressive Assesment.

98. RATIONALE
As per the latest requirements in the Industry demands sequent changes in product
design to suits the customer needs .With the introduction of computers the task of
incorporating frequent changes as per requirement is becoming simpler .Moreover ,
the technology driven competitive environment in today's market is compelling design
.the main aim of this course is to provide the students hand on experience in drafting
and editing of an industrial production drawing using one of the commercial
computer Aided Drafting software with particular emphasis on the application of CAD
software.

99. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Prepare digital drawing by using CAD software

100. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

G P Pune
Page 84 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

After completing this course students will be able to–

1. Draw CAD drawing files in drafting set-up

2. Modify 2D and isometric drawing
3. Integrate layers and blocks in drawing
4. Develop customized drawing template
5. Print drawing.

3. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:
Relevant Approxi
CO mate
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Require
d.
1. Identify and locate components of CAD classic 1 4
CAD Basics
screen by creating new drawing.

2. Draw a line diagram using absolute coordinate 1 6

method. Use LIMITS, UNITS, LINE, ARC
Drawing in
Commands
2D
Draw a line diagram using relative coordinate 6
and
relative polar coordinate method.
3 Draw a 2D figure using Draw and Modify 2 6
commands.
Use LINE, CIRCLE, OFFSET, TRIM, FILLET
Drawing in
commands.
Two
Draw a 2D figure using Draw and Modify 6
Dimensions
commands.
and
Use LINE, ARC, POLYGON, ELLIPSE, COPY,
Modifying
MIRROR, TRIM, ROTATE, CHAMFER
the
commands.
Drawing
Draw 2D drawing of mechanical component 6
using
required commands. (any one component like
gear, pulley, bearing etc. may be selected)
4 Dimensionin Dimension the object. Open the previously saved 5 8
g, file and dimension the lines, arc, circle, polygon
Layout and etc.
Printing Plot the drawing from model space and print it. 6

G P Pune
Page 85 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

5 Draw isometric drawing of mechanical 2 8

Isometric component.
Drawing Use LIMITS, UNITS, ZOOM, GRID, SNAP,
LINE, COPY, ISOPLANE, ELLIPSE, TRIM,
ERASE, PROPERTIES, SAVE Commands
6 Drawing 3,4 8
Organization
Create the customized template, draw title block
and
using LAYER, RECTANGLE, EXPLODE,
information
TEXT, AND COPY Commands.

Total Hrs 64

Sr. No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

o. Using drafting set up /aids 10
p. Drawing diagrams of 2D or isometric given figure 15
q. Dimensioning figure 10
r. Answer the question 5
s. Submission of drawing in time 10
Total 50

101. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

CAD workstation with latest configuration for each
1 student 1,2,3,4,5, and 6

LCD projector
2 1,2,3,4,5, and 6

3 Licensed latest version of computer aided software 1,2,3,4,5, and 6

4 Windows 7 operating system or latest operating system 1,2,3,4,5, and 6
Laser printer
5 1,2,3,4,5, and 6

102. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. CAD Basics

G P Pune
Page 86 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
1. Identify components of CAD 1.1 Getting acquainted with CAD, Starting CAD, CAD screen
screen. layout, drawing area, menu and toolbars, status bar
2. Describe the procedure to 1.2 Creating a new drawing, working with toolbar and
Create new drawing commands,
3.Describe toolbar and changing drawing limits, creating rectangle etc. saving drawing
commands for first time
4. Describe the procedure to 1.3 Opening and existing drawing file, CAD Cartesian
Edit drawing workspace,
working with drawing editor, closing a drawing and exiting
from CAD
UNIT 2 Drawing in Two Dimensions
1. State drafting set-up 2.1 Drafting set-up: units, angle, area, coordinate system,
2. Describe the procedure to limits, grid, object snap, line type and line weight
Create 2D drawing with 2.2 Draw commands: Drawing line, polyline, spline,
Draw commands rectangles, polygons creating construction lines, creating rays
3. Identify and select draw 2.3 Drawing circles, arcs, ellipses, Donuts, placing points,
commands for particular changing points style, text
drawing 2.4 Creating two dimensional drawings using draw commands,
4. Describe the procedure to Viewing your drawing- zoom, pan, window, aerial view,
Use view options for viewport, undoing and redoing action, save and exit
Drawing
UNIT 3 Modifying the Drawing

1. Modify the 2D drawing with 3.1 Editing object, understanding object selection basic,
edit commands erasing
2. Identify and select proper edit object, moving object, coping object, rotating object, scaling
command for particular editing object, using change command
3. Describe the procedure to Use 3.2 Copying and moving object using MIRROR command,
edit commands ARRAY command, Offsetting object, resizing command,
4. Interpret draw and modify extending object, stretching object
commands 3.3 Modify the created object using copy, mirror, hatch, divide,
5. Describe the procedure to explode, join, pedit, offset, array,
Change properties of drawing
entities by Modify commands

UNIT 4 Dimensioning, Layout and Printing

1. Identify dimensioning 4.1 Dimensioning/annotating your drawing-Working with

techniques annotation, adding text in drawing, modifying and formatting
2. Describe the procedure to Use multiline text
annotate menu for dimensioning 4.2 Hatching
drawing 4.3 Adding dimensions- dimensioning concept, adding linear,
3. Describe the procedure to radial, angular dimensions, adding notes to your dimensions
G P Pune
Page 87 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
Create hatching 4.4 Setting up layout- printing concept, creating view ports,
4. Describe the procedure to Set setting up layouts, guideline for layouts
up layout for printing 4.5 Printing your drawing: Preparing drawing for plotting or
5. Describe the procedure to printing, creating layout in paper space, working with plot
Carry out printing of Drawing style, plotting a drawing- choosing a plotter/printer,
preview/creating the plot

UNIT 5 Isometric Drawing

1. Create isometric environment. 5.1 Isometric mode- grid, snap, standard/isometric

2. Identify isometric setup 5.2 Isoplane-orientation of crosshairs, isotop, isoright and
3. Classify circle and iso-circle isoleft
4.Select proper plane for 5.3 Drawing isometric circles- set isoplane, use ellipse-
isometric drawing isocircle
5. Describe the procedure to 5.4 Isometric text- oblique angle, rotation angle, style, dynamic
Draw isometric drawing text
5.5 Creating isometric drawing

UNIT 6 Drawing Organization and information

1.Describe the procedure to 6.1 Creating new drawing with template

Create customized template 6.2 Working in layers
2. Interpret components in 6.3 Getting information from your drawing- measuring objects,
different layers. working with properties
3. Describe the procedure to 6.4 Inserting blocks- inserting blocks from tool pallets,
Collect information from inserting block using insert, inserting block with design center
drawing
4. Describe the procedure to
Insert proper block
5. Describe layers and block
design center

103. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

104. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

105. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

G P Pune
Page 88 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
vv. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
ww. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or
descriptive in nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess
the development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
xx. With respect to item No.8, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
yy. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
zz. Correlate subtopics with power plant system and equipment‟s.
aaa. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
bbb. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
ccc. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals

106. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

NA (Only for Class Declaration Courses)

107. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

108. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

35. www.nptel.com
36. http://www.mycadsite.com/tutorials/level_3/isometric-drawing-in-autocad-3-2.htm
37. http://www.cadlearning.com/courses/autocad-mechanical-training-tutorials/,
38. http://www.staff.city.ac.uk/~ra600/ME1105/Tutorials/CAD-1/Tutorial%20CAD-
1a.pdf

109. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 2 2 1 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 1 1 1 1

G P Pune
Page 89 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 1
CO3 3 1
CO4 3 1
CO5 3 1

Sign: Sign:

Name: Smt.V.G.Talkit Name:Dr.N.G.KULKARNI

(Course Expert /s) (Head of Department)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Smt.P.S.Sarode Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Course Expert) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 90 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic Pune

'180OB' – Scheme

Programme Diplôma in Mechanical Engineering

Programme code 04/18/24

Name of Course Mechanical Engineering Materials

Course Code MT 3108

Prerequisite course code and SC1106 Applied Chemistry
name

110. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme
Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA
Marks 80 20 -- 25 125
02 00 02 04 Exam
3 Hrs 1 Hr
Duration
(*):OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical & Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice-practical, ESE-End semester
examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.
111. RATIONALE

This course in engineering materials is a part of acquiring basic and essential knowledge about materials
being used in engineering products and industry.
The course is useful for mechanical engineering to understand metallurgical aspects of materials,
processes and related problems encounter in industry. Course deals with classification, properties and application
of materials with processes carried on them as well as testing of materials
This course aims to
 Make the student capable to handle metallurgical needs in general mechanical
industry.
 Create consciousness about problems related to materials and suggest substitute
materials
 Create awareness about Heat treatment, properties and structure relationship.
 Create awareness about mechanical testing on different materials.

112. COMPETENCY
The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Select appropriate materials to relevant Mechanical applications.

113. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

G P Pune
Page 91 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

The theory, practical experiences and relevant soft skills associated with this course
are to be taught and implemented, so that the student demonstrates the following
industry-oriented COs associated with the above-mentioned competency:
1 Identify properties of different materials.
Select proper Ferrous alloy materials, Nonferrous alloys material or
2
Nonmetallic Materials for various mechanical components.
Select relevant heat treatment processes to obtain desired structure and
3
properties.
Perform destructive and non-destructive testing for the given material
4

114. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:
Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
Measurement of mechanical properties such as 1,4 04
1. 1 strength of any one ferrous alloy and non-ferrous alloy
using UTM.
2,3 02
2 2 Study of Iron carbon diagram of steel and cast iron

Assignment on Special Cutting Tool Materials – 2,3 02

3 2
Diamond, Stelites & Tungsten Carbide tool steel of
Preparation and Examine the microstructure of steels 2,3 06
3
4 and cast iron
5 3 Basic Heat treatment of steel and cast iron 2,3 06
Preparation and Examine the microstructure copper, 2 04
4
6 aluminum alloys, bearing materials.
7 Assignment on other materials such as polymers, 2 02
5
composites, Insulating, Ceramics etc.
Perform any one Non-Destructive Testing of given 5 04
6
8 sample
Use relevant hardness tester to determine the hardness 5 02
6
9 of given sample
Total Hrs 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

t. Arrangement of available equipment / test rig or model, 50
Performing task, Following safety measures
u. Observations, Interpretation and conclusion 30
v. Answer to sample questions and submission in time 20
Total 100

115. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specifications mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.
Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required Pr. No.

G P Pune
Page 92 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

1 Fe-fe3c Phase diagram chart, Metallurgical Microscope and 2

sample

2 Muffle Furnace. Sample, hardness tester and Metallurgical 3,4

microscope, sample
3 Metallurgical microscope, microstructure set of nonferrous 5
metals
4 NDT Setup level 1; UTM, Hardness tester 6

116. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain
UNIT 1 CLASSIFICATION & PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
(Weightage- 10 Hours- 04)

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
1a. Compare /Classify the 1.1 Classification of material: Metals, non-metals, ceramics
materials and glasses, polymers, composites and semiconductors
1b. Understand Mechanical and (example and application)
1.2 Mechanical properties: Strength, elasticity, ductility,
Electrical properties
malleability, plasticity, toughness, hardness, hardenability,
1c. Explain Metallic crystal brittleness, fatigue, thermal conductivity, electrical
structure conductivity, thermal coefficient of linear expansion
1d. Explain allotropy and 1.3 Bonding in metals: Metallic bond crystal structures (BCC,
advantages to be allotropic. FCC and HCP) and allotropy of metals
1e. Explain solid solution as 1.4 Solid solution: types and their condition
strengthening mechanism.
UNITT 2 FERROUS METAL
(Weightage- 24 Hours- 10)
2a. Draw, explain and compare 2.1 Characteristics and application of ferrous metals Phase
Fe-Fe3c Phase diagram of equilibrium diagram for Iron and Iron Carbide
steel and cast iron 2.2 Alloy Steels: - Low alloy steel, high alloy steel, tools steel
2b. Explain and compare & stainless steel. Effect of various alloying elements such
Alloy steel. as – Chromium, nickel, manganese, molybdenum, tungsten,
2c. Explain effect of alloying vanadium.
element 2.3 Tool Steels: - High speed Steels (HSS), Hot & cold
2d. Explain properties and Working dies etc., properties & applications.
composition of tool steels 2.4 Cast iron types: White GCI, FG, SG, Malleable Alloy CI,
2e. Classify various cast iron Concept of castability & suitable production methods.
2f. Explain properties of
various grades of cast iron.
UNIT 3 HEAT TREATMENT PROCESS
(Weightage- 12 Hours- 04)
. 3.1 Heat treatment-Introduction to Heat treatment
3a. Explain the basic Heat processes such as Annealing, subcritical annealing,
treatments with advantages. Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering (Austempering &
3b. Explain advantages of Martempering) - Principle, Advantages, limitations and
G P Pune
Page 93 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

tempering applications.
3c. Explain surface hardening 3.2 Surface Hardening - Methods of surface hardening, i)
treatment with advantages. case hardening ii) Flame Hardening, iii) Induction
3d. Compare nitriding with Hardening, iv) Nitriding, v) Carburizing - Principle,
carburizing advantages, limitations and applications, of Heat
Treatments
UNIT 4 NON-FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS
(Weightage- 12 Hours- 04)
4a. Differentiate between 4.1 Properties, applications & chemical compositions
properties, application and Properties, applications & chemical compositions of
composition of various Copper alloys (naval brass, muntz metal, Gun metal &
nonferrous alloys. bronzes), Aluminum alloys (Y-alloy & duralumin) &
4b. Explain heat treatment of bearing materials like white metals, leaded bronzes &
aluminum alloys copper lead alloys.
4.2 Heat treatment of Aluminum alloys
UNIT 5 OTHER ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(Weightage- 12 Hours- 06)
5a. Explain properties, 5.1 Polymeric Materials – Introduction to Polymers- types
advantages and uses of of polymer, Introduction, characteristics, properties and
various polymeric application of Thermoplastic, Thermosetting plastic,
Rubber.
materials,
5.2 Properties and applications of following Engineering
5b. Explain types and Materials – Ceramics, Abrasive, Adhesive and
properties of ceramic Insulating materials such as Cork, Asbestos,
materials, Thermocole and Glass Wool
5c. Explain insulating 5.3 Composites: Fiber reinforced plastics, Metal-Metrix
materials. composites, Nano materials
5d. Explain composites
UNIT 6 TESTING, INSPECTION AND EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS
(Weightage- 10 Hours- 04)

6a. Compare NDT and DT 6.1 NDT: Advantages of NDT, Dye penetrant test (DPT),
6b. Explain Dye Penetrant test Magnetic particle test (MPT), eddy current test,
principle, working and Ultrasonic, X-ray. Inspection: Visual, optical .
applications 6.2 Destructive Testing: On UTM, Hardness
6c. Explain any one DT

117. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FORQUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Classification & properties of
materials 04 2 4 4 10
II Ferrous Metal 10 4 8 12 24
III Heat Treatment Process 04 2 4 6 12
IV Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys 04 2 4 6 12

G P Pune
Page 94 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
V Other Engineering Materials 06 2 4 6 12
VI Testing, Inspection and Examination
of materials 04 2 4 4 10
Total 32 14 28 38 80

118. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

119. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
ddd. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
eee. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or
descriptive in nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess
the development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
fff. With respect to item No.3&6, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
ggg. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
hhh. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
iii. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals

120. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

NA
121. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and Year

S.N. Title ISBN Number
of publication
Material O.P. Khanna ISBN-13:9789383182459
2 Science And Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi
ISBN-10:9383182458
Metallurgy
Material Dr. Kodgire ISBN-13:9788186314008
3 Science And Everest Publishing House
Metallurgy

G P Pune
Page 95 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Material R.K. Rajput ISBN-13:9788185749686

4 Science And S.K. Kataria and Sons
Engineering ISBN-10:818574968X
Engineering Kenneth G. Budinski And ISBN-13:9780137128426
Materials Micheal K. Budinski
5
Properties And Printice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. ISBN-10:0137128428
Selection
Material S.K. Hazra Chaudhary
6 Science And Indian Book Distribution
Processes Company
Engineering C.P. Sharma
7
Materials Printice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

122. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

39. www.nptel.com
40. http://www.capabiltydevelopment.org

123. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

1 3 2 1 - 1 1 2
2 3 2 3 - 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 1 - 2 2
4 3 3 1 3 2 2 3
CO PSO1 PSO2
1 1 -
2 1 1
3 - 2
4 1 3

Sign: Sign:

Name: Mr. P.B. Kamble Name: Prof. Namita S. Kadam

(Head of Metallurgy Department)

Name : Mrs V G Talkit

(Course Expert /s)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr. Nitin G. Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S. Zanpure

(Head of Mechanical Department) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 96 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ME

Programme code 04

Name of Course Manufacturing Processes

Course Code WS 3101

Prerequisite course code and
name

124. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA P T/W
Marks 80 20 25 150 25
02 00 04 06 Exam
3 Hrs 1 Hr 2 Hr
Duration
(*): OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical&Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assesment.

125. RATIONALE
Diploma engineers require the knowledge of core principles of manufacturing
processes to design and manufacture industrial equipment, machine parts, transport
systems, and others. This subject help the students in performing various operations on
Lathe, Shaper, Planner, Slotting machine and Press. Also performing Metal cutting,
Mechanical working of metal, Foundry technology and welding and related processes.

126. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Produce components using manufacturing processes.

127. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

16. Interpret various manufacturing process, pattern making and molding principles for a
given job.
G P Pune
Page 97 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

17. Use lathe and shaping machine for given Job.

18. Select different press operations and dies for a given job.
19. Select Hot and cold working operations for a given job.
20. Use different welding machines for a given Job.

128. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practical in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1. One job involving plain turning , step turning, taper 2 18
2
turning and threading (v).
2. Demonstration of simple job involving various 2 08
3
operations on shaping machine
3. One job of thermacol pattern or wooden pattern in 5 10
6
group.
4. 6 Demonstration of simple job of casting / molding 5 8
5. 6 Demonstration of simple job of forging / smithy 5 8
6. One job in welding involving different operations/- 6 12
7
spot welding, TIG and MIG welding
Total Hrs 64

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

129. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

1 Centre Lathe machine (Length between centers:2000) 1

2 Shaping machine (Maximum stroke length :upto 2

150mm)
3 TIG /MIG Welding set up with suitable specification 6

4 Pattern making, moulding and casting shop with 3,4,5

necessary equipment
G P Pune
Page 98 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

130. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. BASIC MANUFACTURING PROCESSES (Weightage-06 , Hrs- 04)

1a. Classify of manufacturing 1.1 1.1 Manufacturing processes, Definition , Classification

processes.
1.2 Shaping processes, Metal forming Processes
1b. Identify different types
manufacturing processes. 1.3 Joining processes, Surface finishing processes

UNIT 2 LATHE AND LATHE WORK (Weightage- 14, Hrs- 06)

2a. Explain procedure of 2.1 Introduction, classification, working principles,
performing the given lathe specifications of center lathe , basic parts and their functions,
machine operation on a job with lathe accessories, attachments, operations
sketches.

2b. Explain cutting speed, feed 2.2 Cutting parameters: speed, feed, depth of cut and
and depth of cut for the given estimation of machining time
job in different operations with
sketches.
UNIT 3 SHAPER, PLANER AND SLOTTING MACHINE (Weightage- 14 , Hrs- 06)

3a. Explain working of shaper, 3.1 Introduction, classification of shaper, planer and slotting
planer and slotting machine with machine
sketches.
3.2 Construction, basic parts and their functions, working
3b. Explain procedure of principle of Standard shaper, Standard double housing planer,
performing the given operation Slotting machine (Puncher slotter and precision slotter).
on a job with sketches.
3.3 Shaper operations:- Machining horizontal surface,
Machining vertical surface, Machining angular surface

3.4 Planer operations:- Planing flat horizontal surface, Planing

vertical surface, Planing at an angular surface
3.5 Slotter operations:- Machining flat surface, Machining
circular surface, Machining irregular surface or cams
UNIT 4 PRESS AND PRESS WORK (Weightage- 10 , Hrs- 03)

G P Pune
Page 99 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
4a. Explain different types of 4.1 Introduction, types of presses
presses
4.2 Construction, basic parts of Fly press and Power press,
4b. Explain functions of parts of Press Tools, Press operations
press with sketches.
4.3 Classification of dies, Die accessories:-Stop, Pilots,
4b. Explain types of dies in Strippers, Knockout, Press pad
detail.

UNIT 5 MECHANICAL WORKING OF METAL (Weightage- 08 , Hrs- 03)

5a. Differentiate between hot 5.1 Introduction, Hot Working, Hot Rolling, Piercing or
working and cold working. seamless tubing, Drawing, Deep Drawing, Hot Spinning,
Extrusion.
5b. Explain with sketches hot
working and cold working 5.2 Cold working, Cold rolling, Cold Drawing, Cold bending,
processes. Cold spinning, Cold Extrusion, Squeezing, Peening, Sizing,
Coining, hobbing, Electro-hydraulic forming, Metallurgical
aspects.
UNIT 6 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY (Weightage- 14 , Hrs- 04)

6a. Explain a pattern and mold 6.1 Introduction, Pattern-Materials, Tools, Types, Allowances,
for the given job. Core Prints, Core boxes, Colour Code

6b. Explain casting process with 6.2 Moulding – Processes – Green Sand moulding, moulding
sketches. machines. Casting – Die casting.

6c. Select a relevant furnace for 6.3 Furnaces- Classification of furnaces

the given raw material for with
justification.

UNIT 7 WELDING AND RELATED PROCESSES (Weightage- 14 , Hrs- 06)

7a. Explain joining processes 7.1 Introduction, Weldability, Types of welding, Metallurgy of
with sketches. welding ,Gas Welding, Carbon arc welding, Oxy-acetylene
welding, TIG welding, MIG welding, plasma arc welding,
7b. Select the relevant joining Oxy-hydrogen welding, Resistance welding, Solid state
process for the given job with welding.
justification.
7.2 Related processes, Oxygen cutting, Hard facing, Bronze
7c. Select the relevant soldering welding, Soldering, Brazing, Inspection and testing of welds,
/ brazing process for the given Welding joints and edge preparation, Welding of pipes,
job with justification. Representation of welds(Indian Standard),Safety in welding.

131. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Basic manufacturing processes 04 02 02 02 06

G P Pune
Page 100 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
II Lathe and lathe work 06 04 04 06 14
III Shaper, planner and slotting machine 06 04 04 06 14
IV Press and press work 03 02 02 06 10
V Mechanical working of metal 03 02 02 04 08
VI Foundry technology 04 04 04 06 14
VII Welding and related processes 06 04 04 06 14
Total 32 22 22 36 80

132. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Other than the classroom and laboratory learning, following are the suggested student-related
co-curricular activities which can be undertaken to accelerate the attainment of the various
outcomes in this course: Students should conduct following activities in group and prepare
reports of about 5 pages for each activity, also collect/record physical evidences for their
(student‟s) portfolio which will be useful for their placement interviews:
u. Visit a Foundry shop and observed the Centrifugal / Die casting process and identify
the different defect on the surface of component.
v. Visit plastic molding industry and collect information on types of molding machines,
its specification and observe various activities performed in a molding process.
w. Visit and industry where the operations like drop forging, rolling and extrusion are
carried out. Collect information on types these machines, their specifications and observe
various activities performed and characteristics of output product.
x. Visit a industry /workshop to observe the process like seam, spot, TIG and MIG
welding . Collect information on these machines, their specifications and observe these
processes critically to get information regarding various accessories (electrodes, current
rating etc.) used in these processes.
y. Collect information of recent advancement regarding manufacturing processes,
machines /tools /equipment and their specifications/manufacturers and application in the
industries.
z. Collect information of various forming processes used in industries. Observe shape of
input and output products and suggest suitable operation for various jobs.

133. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
jjj. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub
topics.
kkk. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or
descriptive in nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess
the development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
lll. With respect to item No.9, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
mmm. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
nnn. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
ooo. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
ppp. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals

SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS (Only for Class Declaration Courses)

G P Pune
Page 101 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

134.

135. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and Year

S.N. Title ISBN Number
of publication
Manufacturing Hwaiyu Geng, McGraw Hill, New ISBN: 9780071398251
1
Engineering Hand book York, 2000
Workshop Technology, Raghuvanshi B.S., Dhanpat Rai ISBN: 100470534915
2
Volume- I and II Publications, New Delhi, 2009
Production Technology Sharma P.C., S.Chand and ISBN: 9788721911146
3 (Manufacturing Company, New Delhi, 2013
Processes)
Text book of Production Khanna O.P., Dhanpat Rai ISBN: 9788189928322
4
Technology Publications, New Delhi, 2010
Text book of Foundry Khanna O.P., Dhanpat Rai ISBN: 9788189928346
5 Technology Publications, New Delhi, 2010
Elements of Work shop Choudhary Hajara S.K., Media ISBN: 9788185099156
6 Technology- Volume- I Promoters and Publishers Limited,
and II Mumbai, 2005
Workshop Technology, Bawa H.S., McGraw Hill, New ISBN: 13EBK0009651
7
Volume- I and II York, 2011
Workshop Technology, Chapman W., Taylor and Francis, ISBN: 139780415503020
8
Volume- I and II New Delhi, 1995
Material and Processing in Black J.T., Kosher Ronald A., Wiley ISBN: 9788126540464
9
Manufacturing India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999

136. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

41. http://nptel.ac.in
42. www.basicmechanicalengineering.com/lathe-machine-operations-basic-turning
43. www.makeengg.net/2016/operation-performed-on-shaping-machine.html
44. www.protolabs.com/injection-molding/plastic-injection-molding.html
45. www.thelibraryofmanufacturing.com/forming-basics.html
46. www.themetalcasting.com/casting-process.html

137. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 - - 2 1 2 2
CO2 3 - - 2 1 2 2
CO3 3 1 1 1 - - 2
CO4 2 1 1 1 - 1 2
CO5 2 1 - 2 2 2 2
Average 2.6 0.6 0.4 1.6 0.8 1.4 2
G P Pune
Page 102 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - -
CO2 - 3
CO3 - 2
CO4 - -
CO5 - 2
Average - 1.4

Sign: Sign:

Name: Shri.M.R.Munde Name: Shri.N.G.Kulkarni

Smt.S.S.Panpatil (Head of Department)

(Course Expert /s)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Shri.N.G.Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Program Head ) (CDC )

(Head of Department)

G P Pune
Page 103 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB' – Scheme

Programme Diplôma in CE/EE /CM/ME/MT/ET/IT

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Entrepreneurship and Startup

Course Code MA 4101

Prerequisite course code and --
name

138. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA 50
Marks 40 10 - -
2 - - 2 Exam
02Hrs 30min. - -
Duration
(*): Under the theory PA, Out of 20 marks, 10 marks are for micro-project assessment
Legends: L- lecture-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice-practical ,ESE-End semester
examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.
139. RATIONALE
Globalization, liberalization and privatization along with revolution in information
technology have opened up new opportunities transforming lives of masses. In this
context, there is immense opportunity of establishing manufacturing, service, trading,
marketing and consultancy enterprises bydiploma engineer.Our fast growing economy
provides ample scope for diploma engineers to succeed as an entrepreneur.
Entrepreneurship requires distinct skill sets which are attempted to be developed
through this course. To begin with, this course aims to develop the competency and
the related outcomes in order to start small enterprises. Government of India also
motivates the young engineers to come up with new idea to promote Start ups.
140. COMPETENCY
The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Develop project proposals for launching small scale enterprises and starts up.

141. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

The theory, practical experiences and relevant soft skills associated with this course
are to be taught and implemented, so that the student demonstrates the following
industry oriented COs associated with the above mentioned competency:
1 Identify entrepreneurial traits.
2 Collect information from stakeholder for starting starts up
3 Identify support systems available for Starts up
4 Execute plans for managing enterprise effectively.

142. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

G P Pune
Page 104 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1 NA

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

dd. NA
ee. NA
Total 100

143. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

48 NA

144. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
(Weightage-10 , Hrs-08)
1a. Describe procedure to 1.1 Entrepreneurship as a career
evaluate entrepreneurial 1.2 Traits of successful entrepreneur: consistency,
traits as a career option for creativity, initiative, independent decision making,
given product assertiveness, persuasion, persistence, information
1b. Explain given terms related seeking, handling business communication, commitment
to Entrepreneurship to work contract, calculated risk taking.
1c. Describe salient features of 1.3 Entrepreneurship: scope in local and global market.
the resources required for 1.4 Types of enterprises and their features : manufacturing,
starting the specified service and trading.
enterprise.
1d. Identify characteristics for a
given type of enterprise.

UNIT 2 STARTUP SELECTION PROCESS(Weightage- 14 , Hrs- 10)

G P Pune
Page 105 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
2a. Describe scheme(s) offered 2.1 Product/Service selection: Process, core competence,
by the government for product/service life cycle, new product/ service
starting the specified development process, mortality curve, creativity and
enterprise. innovation in product/ service modification / development.
2b. Suggest suitable place for 2.2 Process selection: Technology life cycle, forms and cost
setting up the specified of transformation, factors affecting process selection,
enterprise on the basis of location for an industry, material handling.
given data/circumstances 2.3 Market study procedures: questionnaire design, sampling,
with justification. market survey, data analysis
2c. Suggest steps for the 2.4 Getting information from concerned stakeholders such as
selection process of an Maharashtra Centre for Entrepreneurship
enterprise for the specified Development[MCED], National Institute for Micro, Small
product or service with and Medium Enterprises [NI-MSME], Prime Minister
justification. Employment Generation Program [PMEGP], Directorate
2d. Describe market study of Industries[DI], Khadi Village Instries
procedure of the specified Commission[KVIC]
enterprise.

UNIT 3 SUPPORT STSTEMFOR STARTUP (Weightage- 10 , Hrs- 08)

3a. Describe support system 3.1 Categorization of MSME, ancillary industries

required for the specified 3.2 Support systems- government agencies: MCED, NI-
enterprise. MSME, PMEGP,DI, KVIC
3b. Describe help provided by 3.3 Support agencies for entrepreneurship guidance, training,
the government agencies for registration, technical consultation, technology transfer
the specified and quality control, marketing and finance.
product/service. 3.4 Breakeven point, return on investment and return on sales.
3c. Describe help provided by
the non-governmental
agencies for the specified
product/service.
3d. Compute breakeven point
for the specified business
enterprise, stating the
assumptions made.

UNIT 4 MANAGING ENTERPRISE (Weightage- 06 , Hrs- 06)

4a. Explain key elements for 4.1 Sources of Product for Business : Feasibility study
the given business plan 4.2 Ownership, Capital, Budgeting, Matching entrepreneur
with respect to their with the project , feasibility report preparation and
purpose/size evaluation criteria
4b. Justify USP of the given 4.3 Unique Selling Proposition [U.S.P.]: Identification,
product/ service from developing a marketing plan.
marketing point of view. 4.4 Preparing strategies of handling business: policy
4c. Formulate business making, negotiation and bargaining techniques.
policy for the given 4.5 Risk Management: Planning for calculated risk taking,
product/service. initiation with low cost projects, integrated futuristic
4d. Choose relevant planning, angel investors, venture capitalist.
negotiation techniques 4.6 Incubation centers: Role and procedure.
for the given product/
G P Pune
Page 106 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
service with justification.
4e. Identify risks that you
may encounter for the
given type of
business/enterprise with
justification.
4f. Describe role of the
incubation centre for the
given product/service.

145. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FORQUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Introduction to EDP 08 2 2 6 10
II Entrepreneurial Opportunities
10 2 4 8 14
and selection Process
III Support System 08 2 4 4 10
IV Managing Enterprise 06 2 2 2 06
Total 32 8 12 20 40

146. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

147. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
qqq. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
rrr. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
sss. With respect to item No.8, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
ttt. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
uuu. Correlate subtopics with power plant system and equipment.
vvv. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
www. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and

G P Pune
Page 107 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

xxx. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals

148. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

149. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition

S.N. Title ISBN Number
and Year of publication
Reading Gujral, Raman Entrepreneurship Development Institute
Material of of India (EDI), GOI, 2016 Ahmedabad,
1
Entrepreneurship
Awareness Camp
Product Design Chitale, A K PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2014;
2 and ISBN: 9788120348738
Manufacturing
Entrepreneurship Charantimath, Poornima Pearson Education India,New
Development Delhi;ISBN: 9788131762264
3
Small Business
Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship CPSC, Manila Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi,
Development:
4
Special edition
for MSBTE
Entrepreneurship Khanka, S.S. S.Chand and Sons, New Delhi, ISBN:
and Small 978-93-5161-094-6
5
Business
Management

150. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

1 MCED Books links http://www.mced.nic.in/UdyojakSpecial.aspx?l

inktype=Udyojak
G P Pune
Page 108 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

2 MCED Product and Plan Details http://www.mced.nic.in/allproduct.aspx

3 The National Institute for
Entrepreneurship and Small Business http://niesbud.nic.in/Publication.html
Development Publications
4 Courses : The National Institute for
Entrepreneurship and Small Business http://niesbud.nic.in/docs/1standardized.pdf
Development
5 Entrepreneur.com https://www.entrepreneur.com/lists
6 https://www.nabard.org/content1.aspx?id=23an
GOVT. SPONSORED SCHEMES
dcatid=23andmid=530
7 https://www.nabard.org/Tenders.aspx?cid=501
NABARD - Information Centre
andid=24
8 http://www.nabard.org/content1.aspx?id=8and
NABARD – What we Do
catid=8andmid=488
9 Market Review http://www.businesstoday.in/markets
10 Start Up India http://www.startupindia.gov.in/pdffile.php?title
=Startup%20India%20Action%20Planandtype
=Actionandq=Action%20Plan.pdfandcontent_t
ype=Actionandsubmenupoint=action
11 About - Entrepreneurship
http://www.ediindia.org/institute.html
Development Institute of India (EDII)
12 NSTEDB - Training http://www.nstedb.com/training/training.htm
13 Tata Exposures http://www.tatasocial-in.com/project-exposure
14 Ministry Of Micro, Small And http://www.dcmsme.gov.in/schemes/TEQUPD
Medium EnterpriseS etail.htm
15 List of Business Ideas for Small Scale https://smallb.sidbi.in/%20/thinking-starting-
Industry business/big-list-business-ideas-small-business
16 Thinking of Entrepreneurship https://smallb.sidbi.in/entrepreneurship-
stage/thinking-entrepreneurship
17 List of services for Small Scale http://www.archive.india.gov.in/business/Indus
Industry try_services/illustrative.php
18 NSIC Schemes and Services http://www.nsic.co.in/SCHSERV.ASP

151. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 1 - - - 2 2 2
CO2 1 - - - 2 2 2
CO3 - - - - 1 3
CO4 - - - 1 - 1 2

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - -
CO2 - 1
CO3 - 1
CO4 - 1
G P Pune
Page 109 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Sign: Sign:

Name Mr. S.S.Harip Name: Dr. R.R.Saraf

(Course Expert /s)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr. N.G.Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Head of Department) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 110 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diplôma in ME

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course In-Plant training

Course Code ME 4101

Prerequisite course code and -
name

152. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA 100
Marks - - 50 50
- - 6 6 Exam
- - 2Hrs
Duration
(*): Under the theory PA, Out of 20 marks, 10 marks are for micro-project assessment
Legends: L- lecture, T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.

153. RATIONALE
In-plant Training is introduced in this curriculum to develop the industrial culture
among the students before they enter in to the professional life. By exposing and
interacting with real life industrial environment, student will understand the actual
working of an industry, practices adopted in industry. The industrial need soft skill,
life skills and hands on practices intended to be inculcated in the students through
training. This short association with an industry will be instrumental in orienting the
students in transforming them to be ready after completion of Diploma in Mechanical
Engineering.

154. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Develop soft skills and hands on practices in industrial environment.

155. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

The theory, practical experiences and relevant soft skills associated with this course
are to be taught and implemented, so that the student demonstrates the following
industry oriented COs associated with the above mentioned competency:
1. Communicate effectively for executing work
2. Prepare report of executing work
3. Exercise time management and safety in the work environment.
G P Pune
Page 111 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

4. Work in team for executing the given task.

156. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Sr. Unit Practical Exercises Relevant

Week No.
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain) CO
1 Prepare report by collecting information about 1,2
Industry.(Nature of Industry, Organizational 01
-
structure, Turnover, product and services, human
work force, Safety systems etc.)
2 Prepare report by collecting information about 1,2,3 03
Facilities available in the industry ( Manufacturing
- facilities, Planning and Scheduling activities,
Material Handling system, Materials management
System, Quality Techniques etc)
3 Prepare report of assigning work (Nature of work, 1,2,3,4 06
-
Area of work etc.)

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

ff. NA
Total 100

157. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

49 NA

158. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

NA
159. FORMAT FOR TRAINING REPORT
In plant Training report may content
a. Organizational structure of industry
b. Types of product /services , Human Resource management in Industry
c. Available Manufacturing Facilities
d. Production planning and control system.
e. Inventory management
f. Material Handling systems
g. Testing Facilities available for Raw and finished product
h. Safety procedures followed by industry
i. Maintenance procedure
j. Report of Task assigned to the students

G P Pune
Page 112 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

160. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

161. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
NA
162. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

163. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and

S.N. Title ISBN Number
Year of publication
1 NA

164. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 1 - - 2 2 3 3
CO2 1 - - 2 2 3 3
CO3 1 - - 3 3 3 3
CO4 1 - - 3 2 3 2

G P Pune
Page 113 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 3
CO3 2 3
CO4 2 3

Sign: Sign:

Name Mr. S.S.Harip Name: Mrs. M.S.Deshmukh

(Course Expert /s) (Course Expert /s)

.Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr. N.G.Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Head of Department) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 114 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ET/CE/EE//ME/MT/CM/IT/DDGM

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/18/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Seminar

Course Code ME4103

Prerequisite course code and NA
name

165. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA
Marks 00 00 25 50 25
00 00 02 02 Exam
-- -- 02
Duration
(*): POE ( Oral Examination)
Legends: L- lecture, T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.

166. RATIONALE

Now a day technology, business and everything is getting advanced every second of
time. Lots of researches and studies are carried out on various subjects around the
world. In order to keep pace with these developments, seminars and workshops are
organized where the like-minded intellectuals and professionals assemble to trade
ideas, thoughts, and views related to a specific topic. However all these happening in
science and technology cannot become part of the curriculum. This is where the
seminars are of great importance. Seminars are capable of keeping the students
updated with the technologies. Seminars provide an opportunity for students to discuss
and analyze a range of new material, ideas and concepts, improve proficiency in
verbal communication and acquire knowledge in a particular field. Far from the
textbooks and academic syllabuses, students research and learn on their own which
boost their confidence, performance, and productivity. Keeping in mind the
importance of seminars for students, seminars has become an innovative and
welcomed step towards modern education.

167. COMPETENCY

G P Pune
Page 115 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Develop ability to obtain information about the latest happenings in
science and technology to enhance performance and productivity.

168. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

The theory, practical experiences and relevant soft skills associated with this course
are to be taught and implemented, so that the student demonstrates the following
industry oriented COs associated with the above mentioned competency:
1. Identify the emerging trends in Mechanical Engineering and multidisciplinary
fields influencing the society, sustainability and environment.
2. Identify various resources for collecting the information on identified field
3. Develop and practice self- study techniques.
4. Prepare a seminar report
5. Develop technical paper writing and presentation skills

169. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practical in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approx
Sr. Practical Exercises
CO Hours
No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1. Introduction to seminar writing on emerging trends 1 06
1.1 Understand the importance of Seminar: Whatever be the field, everything is getting
advanced. The students have to always keep their eyes on what new things are arriving
day by day. Seminars are capable of keeping the students updated with the latest
happenings in following areas.
 Recent Trends in the field of Manufacturing/ Production/ Thermal and Heat Power/
Design/ Automobile/ Material Science/ Fluid Power/ Process Engineering/ Mechatronics,
Robotics and Automation/ Internet of Things/Artificial Intelligence/ Machine Learning.
 Conventional/ Non-Conventional/ Innovative practices/ Case studies.
 Management Techniques/ Industrial Safety/ Environmental management systems/
Energy management and audit.
1.2 Plan a schedule for working on the topic at the beginning. This plan should consider a
literature survey, designing a document template, reading literature, writing chapters,
discussion with the supervisor and so on.
1.3 Do not expect that it is possible to do the seminar work in a few days. Do not run to the
supervisor for each small problem (e.g. finding literature, spelling mistakes, …). Do not
vanish into space for month and come back only a few days before the deadline as there
will be not enough time left for all necessary corrections in such cases.

2. Identification of Resources for learning material 2 04

2.1. In order to write a thesis, dissertation, or research paper, it is necessary to conduct a
literature review to situate the research within existing knowledge. While writing seminar
report also, adequate literature review should be carried out for two purposes, first to
identify the seminar topics on current developments and then to demonstrate one‟s
G P Pune
Page 116 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

familiarity with the selected topic and scholarly context.

2.2. Lot of online and offline resources are available now a day. Unfortunately, Wikipedia is
mostly known and used as information source, but this is not an accepted scientific source
because there is no guarantee about correctness of entries. Every individual student
should refer national and international technical journals and magazines, reference books,
Web pages, conference papers etc.
2.3. A literature list should contain mostly journal papers or conference papers, maybe also a
smaller number of standard books. Keywords and the questions related to the research
topic help in identifying proper resources. Some useful databases to search for journals
and articles include:
 University‟s library catalogue
 Google Scholar
 ResearchGATE
 Shodhganga
 Inspec (physics, engineering and computer science)
2.4. Read the abstract to find out whether an article is relevant. Bibliography of a useful book
or article helps to find other relevant sources.

3. Selection of seminar topic and Literature survey 3 6

3.1 Topic of own interest and of general interest is always a good choice. Selecting a topic
that will make a good story is a big first step toward making the seminar a good one.
3.2 Seminar can either be based on a library topic, which should include the information on
the history, current status and possible future of research or policy in a particular area or
on a particular subject.
3.3 Student should read literature on the assigned topic and afterwards write in own words
about it. A graph or single sentences maybe cited from the source but such things have to
be marked as copied. The text in general is to be written in own words.
3.4 The first step in working on a seminar topic is to do a literature survey about related
works in the topical area. All referenced literature has to be included in the literature list at
the end of the paper and in the literature list, only literature has to be included which is
referenced somewhere in the paper.
4. Structuring of seminar report 4, 5 6
4.1 Seminar report should contain following points
a. Cover (Title) page containing Title of seminar, Student name and enrolment number,
Guide name, Department and Institute name, Academic year, in the given format
b. Certificate
c. Acknowledgements
d. Abstract and Key words
e. Table of contents
f. Introduction (usually concluding with Aims of the study)
g. Details of the topic divided in appropriate number of chapters with appropriate chapter
names
h. Conclusions
i. References
4.2 The first chapter “Introduction” should start with which topic is presented and why is this
G P Pune
Page 117 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

topic interesting and/or important. The last chapter has to be a concluding chapter. Here,
the core statements or findings of the seminar paper have to be shortly summarized. The
rest of the chapters between introduction and conclusion should be on literature survey,
history, technical details, working principal and Applications, Advantages and Limitations
or other details depending on the topic of seminar.
4.3 Usually, it is avoided to use formulations like “I will explain, …” – it usually is written in
third person. It is only allowed to use abbreviations (ABB) if they are introduced
somewhere in the paper before, like shown here exemplarily for ABB.

5. Unit– V Formatting of Seminar report 4,5 6

5.1 Format
 Title – Times New Roman, size – 18 (bold)
 Heading - Times New Roman, size- 14 ( bold), Sub-heading – Times New Roman ,
size – 12 (bold), General text - Times New Roman Size – 12,
 Line spacing - 1.5, Space between paragraph, Add space after paragraph – 12 points
 Header – Topic Name (Top of the right hand), Footer – Page No. (Bottom of right
hand)
 Margin – Top- 2.54 cm, Bottom – 2.54 cm, Left – 3 cm, Right – 2 cm
 Page Numbers
i. Page numbers for Certificate, Acknowledgement, Abstract, Index, should be in
Roman Numbers.
ii. Page no. on first page of first chapter will start with 1 but need not be printed.
iii. Second page onwards page no. should be printed in Arabic numerals at bottom
center place.

6. Unit– VI Presentation of seminar 5 4

6.1 Begin with a title slide and show a brief outline or list of topics to be covered. Introduce
the topic well. Give the necessary information but be careful not to include large amounts
of extraneous material. The point of the introduction is to catch the audience and get them
enthused about the topic, and let them know why the topic is interesting and exciting.
6.2 Don't overwhelm the audience with information. Limit the total amount of data to be
presented and limit the amount of information to be shown on any single slide. Don't read
the slides verbatim i.e. word by word.
6.3 Cite all sources of information. Use the best graphics available but be careful not to
distract the audience by making the artwork more interesting than the information. Focus
on content and clarity.
6.4 Display a brief summary of the conclusions on a slide. The conclusions and
synthesis must have some original content. It is not sufficient to simply repeat the
conclusions that other people have reached.
6.5 Remain relaxed during the question period. When answering questions, take your time,
compose yourself, make sure you understand the question clearly and think before you
answer. Keep additional slides ready. Make a lot of eye contact with your audience.
Total 32

Note :-
G P Pune
Page 118 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

1. Every student will deliver the seminar in the 5th semester. Evaluation of seminar will
be carried out by panel of at least three teaching staff including one external
examiner. Marks for Practical ESE will be given on the basis of presentation on
seminar and oral examination following the seminar.
2. Selection of topic for the seminar should be finalized in consultation with teacher
guide allotted for the batch to which student belongs.
3. The topic of seminar may be based on above listed areas or the area given by the
faculty
4. The title of the seminar should be specific and clearly defined. Use of broad terms or
generalized statements should be avoided (e.g. „Recent trends in Automobile Engg.‟
or „Nanotechnology‟ should not be the title of the seminar. Instead „Use of
Nanotechnology for the development of stain free cloths‟ can be a better title.
5. Seminar report should be of min.15 & max. 20 pages and spiral bound. It should be
certified by guide teacher and head of the department.
6. Every student will prepare a seminar report in duplicate (typed) one with him and one
with the institute.
7. Every student will deliver a seminar for 10-25 minutes in the presence of fellow
students so that all of them are exposed to emerging trends in different areas.

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

gg. Selection of the seminar topic 10
hh. Literature Survey 20
ii. Understanding of the topic 20
jj. Presentation of the topic 20
kk. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 10
ll. Answer to sample questions 10
mm. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

170. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required Experiment Sr. No.

50 LCD Projector/ Smart Board/ Interactive board
51 Desktop/ Laptop with multimedia
52 Presenter/ laser pointer
53 PA System (Optional)

171. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be learnt and practiced by the students in order to
achieve the COs to attain the identified competency.
Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics
(in cognitive domain)
NA

172. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

G P Pune
Page 119 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
NA

173. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

174. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
yyy. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
zzz. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
aaaa. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
bbbb. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
cccc. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals

175. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

176. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and

S.N. Title ISBN Number
Year of publication
Electric and Hybrid Tom Denton IMI(Institute of Motor Industry)
1 vehicles ISBN-13: 978-1138842373
ISBN-10: 1138842370
The Electric car M H Westbook IET. 2001
2
ISBN-085290131
Hybrid Electrical Jack Erjavec Cenage Learnig,2012
3 and Fuel cell ISBN-1285415051
Vehicles.
Industry 4.0 smart William MacDougall Germany trade and Investe, 2014
4 manufacturing for
the future.
4D printing- The Dirk Schreder ISBN-13-978-8963495
5 next generation
G P Pune
Page 120 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

technology.

Automation, Groover, Mikell. P. PHI, ISBN-13:978-8120334182

Production Systems
6 and Computer
Integrated
Manufacturing.

SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES
1. https://www.legit.ng/1118330-steps-write-a-seminar-paper.html
2. https://www.wikihow.com/Write-a-Seminar-Paper
3. https://projectstoc.com/blog/2012/11/how-to-write-a-quality-seminar-paper/
4. https://www.oulu.fi/sites/default/files/content/format_for_seminar_paper.pdf
5. https://tcs.rwth-aachen.de/www-bib/downloads/How%20to%20write%20a%20seminar%20paper.pdf
6. https://libguides.law.ttu.edu/c.php?g=552130&p=3792868
7. http://a4academics.com/be-seminar-topics/19-be-mechanical-seminar-topics

177. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 1 1 -- -- 2 3
CO2 2 1 1 -- -- 2 3
CO3 2 1 1 -- -- 2 3
CO4 1 -- -- -- -- 2 3
CO5 2 1 1 -- -- 2 3

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 --
CO2 1 --
CO3 1 --
CO4 1 --
CO5 1 --

Sign: Sign:

Name: Mr. M.W. Giridhar Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni.

Dr. A. A. Gadhikar
(Head of Department)
(Course Expert /s)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni. Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Program Head ) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 121 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Prepared by HOD
G.P.Pune G.P.Pune

G P Pune
Page 122 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ME

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Quality Techniques

Course Code ME4104

Prerequisite course code and -----
name

1. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME:

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
Marks 80 20 100
03 00 00 03 Exam
3 Hrs 1 Hr -- --
Duration
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assesment.

178. RATIONALE:

In today‟s international market, the quality is another name for universal acceptance
for product and services. Hence, the Mechanical Engineers must have consciousness about
various quality aspects required for manufacturing /service sector. To fulfill this need, this
subject about various factors and philosophies in quality development is introduced. So, the
students will have most of the basic inputs before they enter their profession.

179. COMPETENCY:
Apply Quality control techniques for assuring quality of products and services.

180. COURSE OURCOMES:

1) Apply Quality Standards to products as per consumer needs.

2) Interpret data from different processes and quality charts for variable and attribute
data.
3) Implement Quality circle and Kaizen for continuous improvement in the work.
4) Apply various statistical tools for data interpretation in graphical format.
5) Use different ISO standards in practice.

181. THEORY COMPONENTS:

G P Pune
Page 123 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs
for achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit outcomes (UOs) Topics and sub topics

(In cognitive domain)

UNIT 1. QUALITY (Weightage - 08 , Hrs - 06)

1a. Prepare quality characteristics chart to 1.1 Meaning of quality of product and
decide fitness of a product. services, Various definitions of quality,
Quality of design and quality of
1b. List parameters for service quality of a conformance, cost of quality and value of
product. quality, Service quality Vs product quality.
1c. Differentiate cost and value of quality. 1.2 Quality policy: definition and objectives
1d. Select type and stages of inspection for a 1.3 Quality assurance: - definition, meaning,
process for quality control. it‟s various forms and advantages.
1e. Imbibe quality mindedness in supporting 1.4 Quality audit, quality mindedness
staff.
1.5 inspection and quality control.

UNIT 2. STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL (Weightage -16 , Hrs -12)

2a. Prepare list of parameters to reduce 2.1 Meaning and importance of SQC,
variation in quality. Variable and attribute Measurement.

2b. Calculate mean, mode, median, range, 2.2 Variation in quality, Reasons of
standard deviation from given data. variation, inherent and assignable sources of
variation, central tendency, Dispersion,
2c. Draw and interpret X, R and P, C universe, Normal distribution curve.
charts from given data.
2.3 Control charts – control charts for
2d. Determine Process capability. variables – X & R charts, defect and
2e. Represent the given data through defective, control charts for attributes - P &
normal distribution curve. C charts, Trend of control charts,
(Numerical on control charts), Process
capability.

2.4 Acceptance sampling- Need of

sampling, types of sampling plans,
operating characteristics (OC) curve).

UNIT 3. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (Weightage - 16 , Hrs - 08)

3a. Apply eight-dimensional model of total 3.1 Total Quality: - Concept, definition,
quality for the task. objectives, eight-dimensional model of total
quality.
3b. Prepare vision and mission statements

G P Pune
Page 124 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

for the organization. 3.2 Strategic quality management (Hoshin

Kanri), vision, mission, QCDF (Quality
3c. Identify key six sigma roles and black Cost Delivery Flexibility), Juran trilogy.
belt coaches for the given industrial
situation. 3.3 Principles of total quantity management.
TQM implementation – PDCA cycle.
3d. Prepare elementary list of parameters of
PDCA cycle for a product to be 3.4 Six sigma: Definition and Statistical
manufactured. meaning, advantages, implementation,
methodology of system Improvement-
DMAIC and DMADV.

3.5 Belts used in six sigma.

UNIT 4. QUALITY MANAGEMENT PROCESS (Weightage - 16 , Hrs -06)

4a. Prepare list of steps to solve the given 4.1 Quality Circle (QC): - concept, objective,
problem in the industry using quality circle structure, steps in formation of quality Circle, Roles
of people involved in quality Circle, advantages of
concept with justification.
quality Circle.
4b. Identify wastes in the organization and 4.2 Kaizen - concept, meaning and definition, areas
suggest measures to reduce them. for Kaizen, 10 ground rules for change, Traditional
methods Vs Kaizen, Kaizen Vs innovation.
4c. Decide steps to implement 5S in the
organization. 4.3 Types of waste and Waste elimination, hidden
waste and obvious waste, Identification of wastes.

4.4 5S in housekeeping and their meaning.

UNIT 5. QUALITY IMPROVEMENT TOOLS (Weightage - 12 , Hrs -08)

5a. Prepare cause and effect diagram/ pareto 5.1 Various statistical tools in quality
chart for solving the given problem for root improvement: Cause and effect diagram
cause analysis. (Fish bone or Ishikawa diagram), check
sheet, histogram, pareto chart, scatter
5b. Conduct brain storming session of a diagram.
team for generation of new idea.
5.2 Additional tools of quality
5c. Prepare flow charts for explaining a improvement: Brains storming, Flow charts,
process. 5W & 1H, 5 Whys technique for problem
solving.
5d. Apply „5 Whys‟ technique to solve a
problem.

UNIT 6. QUALITY MANAGEMENT STANDARDS (Weightage -12 , Hrs - 08)

6a. Identify suitable ISO standards to be 6.1 History of evolution of ISO 9000
implemented in industry.
standards. European economic
6b. Prepare list of steps in implementation community (EEC), need for quality
of suitable ISO standard in the organization. system standards, International

G P Pune
Page 125 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

6. Prepare documentation for implementa- organization for standardization (ISO)

tion of ISO. adopted by Bureau of Indian Standards
(BIS)
6.2 ISO 9000: 2000 -
Quality system ISO 9000 series standards,
ISO 9000 elements understanding
requirement, Documentation and imple-
mentation, quality manual, structure, internal
quality audit, external audit and certification.
6.3 Various Quality Systems Vocabulary
and features -
ISO 9001:2008 Requirements for a quality
management system
ISO 9004: 2009 Guidelines for the
effectiveness and efficiency of the quality
management system
IS 14000: Significance
ISO 19011: guidance on auditing and
environmental management systems.
6.4 Introduction to Toyota way: Toyota
production system (TPS), lean production,
„4‟ P model of Toyota way.
6.5 Toyota way: principles and their
meaning.

182. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN: -

Teaching
Hours Distribution of Theory marks
Unit
Unit title
No. R U A
Total marks
Level Level Level
1. Quality 06 08 -- -- 08
2. Statistical Process control 12 08 04 04 16

3. Total Quality Management 08 08 08 -- 16

Quality Management
4. 06 08 08 -- 16
process
5. Quality improvement tools 08 08 04 -- 12
Quality management
6. 08 08 04 -- 12
standards
Total 48 28 04 80

183. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES:

prepare reports of about 5 pages for each activity, also collect/record physical evidences for
their (students‟) portfolio which will be useful for their placement interviews.

a. Prepare wall charts of three sigma and six sigma curves.

b. Search information about various ISO standards of quality control.
c. Prepare list of national and international industries working on the principle of six sigma
technique.

184. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any):

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
a. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various topics/sub topics.
b. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which are relatively simpler or descriptive in nature
to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the development of the Cos
through classroom presentations.
c. Teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and provisions for co-curricular activities.
d. Use Flash/Animations to explain working of various instruments.
e. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals.

185. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES:

Sr.
Author Title Publication
No
1 Dr. K.C.Arora Total Quality Management S.K. Kataria and sons
B. Janakiraman Prentice Hall of India pvt. Ltd. New
2 Total Quality Management Text and cases
and R.K. Gopal Delhi.
3 Subburaj Total Quality Management Tata Mc - Graw Hill Co., New Delhi.
Gupta, Srinivas N
4 Total Quality Management Tata Mc - Graw Hill Co., New Delhi.
& B Valarmathi
Prentice Hall of India pvt. Ltd. New
5 Paul, Arasu Total Quality Management
Delhi.

9. SOFTWARES/ LEARNING WEBSITES: The students should refer

following videos from internet.
Quality:
https://youtu.be/ZpFqnefTGA8

Quality control vs quality assurance:

https://youtu.be/zSyICkGZ6iM
TQM:
https://youtu.be/fKvEkOFzhjQ
Six sigma:
G P Pune
Page 127 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

https://youtu.be/wEBPVQ7W2wg
Quality improvement tools:
https://youtu.be/7Kc1reo8NU0
http://www.slideshare.net/var93/seven-tools-of-tqm?from_m_app=android

Variable charts:
https://youtu.be/ccReTaolqHo
Attribute charts:
https://youtu.be/66rtASiAnbA
Acceptance sampling:
https://youtu.be/xJ3czkvNxpk
kaizen and 5S:
https://youtu.be/DFsFODnb-Iw
ISO:
http://www.slideshare.net/kumudajayaram/iso-9000-87352949?from_m_app=android

http://www.slideshare.net/parvikasinghal/iso-14000-41162373?from_m_app=android

10. PO - CO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 - - - - - 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 - - 2
CO3 2 2 1 3 - - 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO5 2 - 1 - - - 2

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - -
CO2 2 -
CO3 - -
CO4 2 -
CO5 - 2

Dr. R. R. Saraf

Dr. N G Kulkarni
(Head of Department)
Mr. N B Hirlekar

(Course Experts)

Dr. N G Kulkarni Mr. A. S. Zanpure

(Program Head) (CDC)
(Head of Department)

G P Pune
Page 128 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Prepared by Prepared by

G P Pune
Page 129 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme : Diploma in ME
Programme Code : 04/18/24
Name Of Course : Design of Machine Elements
Course Code : ME 4105
Prerequisite Course Code & Name : AM 3104 Strength of Materials

186. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA OE T/W
Marks 80 20 25 25 150
04 00 02 06 Exam
Duration 3 Hrs 1 Hr

(*): OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical & Oral Examination mention whichever is

applicable)
Legends: L- lecture, T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.

187. RATIONALE

Design office of Industry is one of the major job areas for Diploma Technicians. To
enable a student to work there he should know how to design the simple machine
elements, applying the knowledge of strength of materials, manufacturing processes,
computer aided drawing, etc. He should also be aware of economic considerations
and usual design procedures and selection of appropriate material, use of standards.

188. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
Design simple machine elements

189. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

1 Select suitable materials for designing machine elements.

2 Design joints, levers for various applications.
3 Design power transmission elements like shafts, keys and couplings.
G P Pune
Page 130 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

4 Design Fastners, power screws and springs for various applications.

Select standard components with their specifications from design
5
data book/ manufacturer‟s catalogue.

190. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practical in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be
developed and assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1. Identify the material if IS designation is
given or designate the material if
description is given using Data book.
2. Explain Fatigue failure, Theories of
elastic failure.
1. 1 3. Identify areas of stress concentration in 1 02
a component and suggest remedy (an
assignment of question and answers type
may be planned by teacher based on
Unit I).

*Students will draw assembly & details drawing for any one from assignment
from number 7 & 8.

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage

in %
nn. Use of design data handbook for material selection. 10
oo. Calculation and result. 30
pp. Use of standards and finalizing the dimensions. 10
qq. Preparation of production drawing. 30
rr. Answer to sample questions. 10
G P Pune
Page 131 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage

in %
ss. Submission of report in time. 10
Total 100

191. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in
uniformity in conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities
concerned.

Sr.No Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

.
1 Drawing hall equipped with sufficient number of all
drawing boards.
2 Mini drafter and other drawing instruments. all

3 Computer lab with CAD software (optional). all

192. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop

UOs for achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
UNIT 1. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS (Weightage-12, Hrs- 10 )

1a. Write steps in design 1.1 Machine design philosophy, Steps and procedure
followed in design, Aesthetic and Ergonomic
1b. Draw and explain consideration in design. Design aspects for
Stress-strain and S-N Manufacturing, Maintainability, Environment
curves and Cost.
1.2 Types of loads and stresses, eccentric loading,
1c. Explain two theories Crushing and bearing stresses, strain, yield point,
of elastic failure. strength consideration, stress strain diagram,
proof stress.
1d.Use design data book 1.3 Reversed bending cycle, endurance limit S-N
curve, fluctuating stresses concept and Fatigue
failure.
1.4 Use of principle stress equations, maximum
principle stress theory, maximum shear stress
theory.
1.e Identify areas of stress 1.5 Use of design data books, Designation and
concentration in a selection of material, standardization.
component and 1.6 Factors of safety, criteria for selection of F.S.
suggest remedy. 1.7 Stress concentration meaning, causes and
remedies.

UNIT 2 DESIGN OF JOINTS AND OFFSET LINK (Weightage- 10, Hrs- 10)
2a. Design simple 2.1 Forces resulting in direct tension, compression
components and joints. and shear.
G P Pune
Page 132 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
2b. Design C-frame/ 2.2 Forces resulting in combined, direct and
Offset link. bending. Design of C- frame, offset link.
2c. Design levers. 2.3 Design of simple machine parts such as knuckle
joint, turn buckle, cotter joint.
2.4 Forces resulting in bending, designing lever of
lever loaded safety valve, bell crank lever.

UNIT 3 DESIGN OF SHAFT AND COUPLINGS (Weightage- 18, Hrs- 12)

3a. Design shafts under 3.1 Design of hollow and solid shaft for combined
Torsion,Bending and loading. ASME code equations for shafts. Line
torsion. shaft supported on two bearing with one or two
3b. Design keys and pulleys (between the bearings) and with
couplings. overhung. Design of shaft based on rigidity.
3.2 Design of keys.
3.3 Types of couplings, Design of muff coupling,
flange coupling, bushed pin type flexible
coupling.

SECTION II

UNIT 4 DESIGN OF FASTENERS (Weightage-08, Hrs- 08)

4a. Illustrate Bolt of 4.1 Bolts of uniform strength. Design of bolted
uniform strength. joints, arranged symmetrically and subjected to
4b. Design eccentrically eccentric loading (about one axis only).
loaded bolted joints 4.2 Design of transverse and parallel fillet welded
4c. Design welded joints joints.
UNIT 5 POWER SCREW (Weightage-12, Hrs- 12)
5a. Sketch thread profiles 5.1 Thread profiles used for power screw.
5.2 Torque required for raising and lowering the
5b.Derive equation for load, Efficiency, self locking and overhauling
torque to overcome conditions. Stresses in power screws.
thread friction 5.3 Design of screw jack, screw clamp. (Numerical
5c.Design Screw jack, problems limited to square threads only, Exclude
screw clamp. check for buckling of screw).
UNIT 6 DESIGN OF SPRINGS (Weightage- 12, Hrs- 08)
6a.Classify and state 6.1 Classification, application and functions of
functions of springs. springs.
6b.Define Wahl‟s 6.2 Material for springs and specifications of spring.
correction factor and 6.3 Wahl‟s correction factor and its significance.
explain its significance 6.4 Design of helical springs with circular cross
6c.Design helical section wire only.
compression and 6.5 Leaf spring sketch, construction and application.
tension springs. (Numerical problem not expected).
6d.Sketch a leaf spring.

UNIT 7 BEARINGS (Weightage- 08, Hrs- 04)

G P Pune
Page 133 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
7a.Sketch various 7.1 Types of bearings, common bearings used in
Bearings practice, Types of ball and roller bearings.
7b.Define terms related to 7.2 Static capacity, Dynamic capacity, limiting
Bearings speed, bearing life.
7c. Select proper bearing 7.3 Selection of bearings from manufacturer‟s
for given application catalogue causes of bearing failures, Mountings.
with prescribed
procedure.

193. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
SECTION I
I Design consideration 10 00 06 06 12
II Design of joints and
10 00 04 06 10
offset link
III Design of Shaft and
12 06 00 12 18
couplings
SECTION II
IV Design of Fasteners 08 00 04 04 08
V Power screw 12 04 00 08 12
VI Design of springs 08 04 02 06 12
VII Bearings 04 04 04 00 08

Total 64 18 20 42 80

194. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

195. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:

G P Pune
Page 134 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

dddd. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
eeee. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or
descriptive in nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and
assess the development of the COs through classroom presentations (see
implementation guideline for details).
ffff. With respect to item No.9, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
gggg. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
hhhh. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
iiii. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation.
jjjj. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical manuals.

196. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS (Only for Class Declaration Courses)

Only one micro-project is planned to be undertaken by a student that needs to

be assigned to him/her in the beginning of the semester. In the first four semesters, the
micro-project are group-based. However, in the fifth and sixth semesters, it should be
preferably be individually undertaken to build up the skill and confidence in every
student to become problem solver so that s/he contributes to the projects of the
industry. In special situations where groups have to be formed for micro-projects, the
number of students in the group should not exceed three.
The micro-project could be industry application based, internet-based,
workshop-based, laboratory-based or field-based. Each micro-project should
encompass two or more COs which are in fact, an integration of PrOs, UOs and
ADOs. Each student will have to maintain dated work diary consisting of individual
contribution in the project work and give a seminar presentation of it before
submission. The total duration of the micro-project should not be less than 16
(sixteen) student engagement hours during the course. The student ought to submit
micro-project by the end of the semester to develop the industry oriented COs.
A suggestive list of micro-projects is given here. Similar micro-projects could
be added by the concerned faculty:

m. Take any day to day life component, find load, stresses and also prepare
chart/model for the same.
n. Make models of various joints and levers highlight resisting sections of different
elements.
o. Make models of various shafts, keys and pulleys highlight resisting sections.
p. Make models of various couplings highlight resisting sections of different
elements.
q. Make chart indicating different thread profile and sizes required for different
loads in case of screw jack, toggle jack, C-clamps and lead screw of machines.
r. Prepare model of eccentrically loaded bolted and welded joint and highlight the
maximum loaded section.
s. Prepare list of different types of bearings used in a bike and write their
specifications and basis for selection.
t. Prepare list of different types of levers and springs used in a bike, bicycle, Auto
Rickshaw, Moped and write their specifications and basis for selection.

197. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

G P Pune
Page 135 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

S.
Title of Book Author Publication
No.
38 Design of Machine Bhandari V. McGraw-hilleducation India pvt. limited,
Elements B. New Delhi, 2017, ISBN-13:978-
9339221126
39 Machine Design KhurmiR. S. ChandNew Delhi, 2005, ISBN
S. and 10:8121925371
Gupta J. K. ISBN13:9788121925372
40 Machine Design Jindal U. C. Pearson Education India New Delhi, 2010,
ISBN13: 9788131716595
41 Machine Design Pandya CharotarPublishing house pvt. Ltd. Anand,
and Shah Gujarat, 2015, ISBN-13:9789385039102
42 Mechanical Shigley McGraw-hilleducation India pvt. limited,
EngineeringDesign New Delhi, 2017, ISBN-13:978-
9339221638
43 Design Data Book PSG PSG College ofTechnology Coimbatore,
2012, ISBN-10: 8192735508
7 Westermann Tables Hermann New Age International (P) Limited,
Jutz & ISBN:81-224-1730-2
Eduard
Scharkus
8 IS Codes: ISO Indian Standard Bureau New Delhi
IS 4218: 1967 ISO Metric
Threads
IS 2693: 1964 Cast Iron Flexible
Couplings
IS 2292: 1963 Taper keys and
Keyways
IS 2293: 1963 Gib Head Keys
and Keyways
IS 2389: 1963 Bolts, Screws,
Nuts and Lock Nuts
IS 4694: 1968 Square threads
IS 808: 1967 Structural Steel
SKF/NBC Catalogue for
Bearings
9 Schaum‟s outline of theory and A.S. Hall, A.R. Mcgraw-hill book company,
problems of machine design Holowenko, ISBN-13: 9780070255951

H.G. Laughlin

198. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

a. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105124/
b. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CLeLFUrvO2g
c. www.machinedesignonline.com
d. www.engineeringtoolbox.com
e. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N5SckoiTDxA
f. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GfbcxJmjn9s
g. http://www.ignou.ac.in/upload/Unit-5-60
h. https://sizes.com/numbers/preferred_numbers.htm
i. www.robot-and-machines-design.com/en/articles/mech
j. http://www.youtube.com/flangedcoupling
k. http://www.youtube.com/screwjack

199. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

G P Pune
Page 136 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 1 - - 2 1 3
CO2 2 3 2 - - - 1
CO3 2 3 2 - - - 3
CO4 2 3 2 - - - 1
CO5 1 2 3 - 1 1 2
Average 2 3 2 - 1 1 2

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 - -
Average 2 -

Sign: Sign:

Name: Smt. M. S. Deshmukh Name: Shri. N. G. Kulkarn

(Course Expert /s) (Head of Department)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Shri. C. S. Ghadage Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Course Expert /s) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 137 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ET/CE/EE//ME/MT/CM/IT/DDGM

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/18/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Industrial Hydraulics and Pneumatics

Course Code ME4106

Prerequisite course code and NA
name

200. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA
Marks 80 20 25 15025
04 00 02 06 Exam
2 Hrs 1 Hr --
Duration
(*): POE (Practical & Oral Examination)
Legends: L- lecture, T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.

201. RATIONALE
In any mechanical industry hydraulic and pneumatic control systems are widely used
due to its versatility and adaptability to automation, Understanding of fundamental
principles, construction and working of elements of hydraulic and pneumatic control
systems helps a Diploma technician in operation, maintenance and erection of modern
machine tools. Practical circuits and PLC ladder diagrams are also dealt so that that
student is familiar with the industrial automation

202. COMPETENCY
The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Use different types of hydraulic and pneumatic systems for engineering
applications.

203. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

The theory, practical experiences and relevant soft skills associated with this course are to be
taught and implemented so that the student demonstrates the following industry oriented
COs associated with the above mentioned competency:
1. Illustrate the working principle of various components used for hydraulic & pneumatic
systems.

G P Pune
Page 138 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

2. Select appropriate working medium, components and accessories required in the fluid
system wherever necessary
3. Connect simple hydraulic and pneumatic circuits as per the drawings
4. Use hydro pneumatic and electro pneumatic system appropriately
5. Develop hydraulic and pneumatic circuits for given applications.

204. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1. Identify the components of hydraulic and pneumatic trainers. 1 02
2. Draw ISO symbols of all components and their types used in
fluid systems.
1 02
3. Industrial survey of oil used in hydraulic systems (types,
1 desirable properties, selection of oil, manufacturers, cost, sample 2 02
collection)
4. Industrial survey of oil filters (types, filtration material,
constructional details, selection of filter, manufacturers, cost, 1, 2 02
sample collection) and FRL unit
5. Use of Pumps and compressor mounted on hydraulic and
2 Pneumatic trainer.
1, 2 02
6. 3 Use of actuators mounted on hydraulic and Pneumatic trainer 1, 2 02
7. Construction & demonstration of Hydraulic and Pneumatic
Circuits for actuation of linear and rotary actuators by direct and 1, 2, 3 04
4 indirect method using suitable DC valves.
8. Construction & demonstration of Pneumatic circuits involving
use of Quick exhaust valve, logic OR, AND, NOT functions.
1, 2, 3 02
9. Study of pressure control valves 1, 2 02
10. 5 Construction & demonstration of circuits using pressure relief
and sequence valve
1, 2, 3 02
11. Construction & demonstration of speed control circuit for
6 hydraulic and pneumatic actuators (meter in and meter out 1, 2, 3 02
circuits)
12. Demonstration of Electro Pneumatic circuits for direct and
indirect control of pneumatic actuators
1, 2, 3, 4 02
7
13. Development of ladder diagram for simple circuits 4 02
14. Advance Hydraulic & Pneumatic circuit.(To and fro, Time
Delay, Two-step speed control of actuator , circuits for Milling
8 machine, Shaper machine and surface grinding machine,
5 04
Accumulator circuits)
Total Hrs 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

tt. Arrangement of available equipment / test rig or model 20
uu. Setting and operation 20
vv. Safety measures 10
ww. Observations and Recording 10
xx. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 20
yy. Answer to sample questions 10
zz. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

G P Pune
Page 139 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

205. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required Experiment Sr. No.

54 Cut sections of pumps, valves, cylinders, motors, accumulators, 1, 2, 3
filters, etc.
55 Hydraulic trainer with transparent /actual working 1, 4, 7, 8, 9
components.
56 Pneumatic trainer with transparent/ actual working 4, 5, 11, 12, 13, 14
components.
57 Working / actual models of pumps, cylinders, valves, other 1, 2, 3
components
58 Single /Multistage Reciprocating Compressor (pressure 0-10 bar ) 4, 5, 11, 12, 13, 14

206. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.
Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics
(in cognitive domain)
Section I
Unit– I Introduction to Hydraulic & Pneumatic Systems (6 hrs, 8 marks )
1a. List various applications of 1.1 Fluid power system: Meaning, Principles and
fluid system Applications, Future of fluid power in India.
1b. Draw general layout of 1.2 Oil hydraulic & pneumatic system: basic
Hydraulic & Pneumatic Systems. components and general layout, advantages and
1c. Identify components from their disadvantages, comparison between electric,
symbols. hydraulic & pneumatic systems.
1d. Select hydraulic fluid based on 1.3 ISO Symbols used in hydraulic & pneumatic
its properties system
1e. Draw cross sectional diagrams 1.4 Hydraulic Fluid: Functions, types, properties like
of accessories. viscosity, viscosity index and demulsibility,
Selection of fluids, effect of temperature & Pressure
on Hydraulic fluid system
1.5 Oil filters: Degree of filtration, filtration material,
Types, construction and working of Depth, surface,
full flow and proportional filter. Construction and
working of FRL unit used in pneumatics.
Unit-II Pumps and Compressors (8 hrs, 8 marks )
2a. Classify various types of
pumps.
2.1 Hydraulic pumps: Classification, Construction and
2b. Compare various types of
working of Gear pump (external and Internal), Lobe
pumps on the basis of given
Pumps, Gerotor Pumps, Vane pump (imbalanced
factors.
and balanced), Screw pump, Piston pump (axial and
2c. Select pump for the given
radial). Comparison, Selection of Pump for Power
application.
Transmission, Pump performance.
2d. Classify compressors
2.2 Compressors: Types, construction, working
2e. Draw constructional details of
principle of Reciprocating & Rotary compressors.
Pneumatic Compressors, Actuators
and control valves
G P Pune
Page 140 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
Unit– III Hydraulic & Pneumatic Actuators (8 hrs, 12 marks )
3.1 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuators: classification,
3a. Classify various types of function and applications
actuators with justification. 3.2 Construction and Working of Linear Actuators: -
3b. Draw constructional details of single acting (spring and gravity return), double
hydraulic actuators acting (single and double piston rod end) Cylinders.
3c. Select actuator for the given 3.3 Construction and Working of Rotary Actuators:
application with justification. Gear, Gerotor, Vane, Piston motors. Motor
3d. Draw performance curves of performance.
Actuators 3.4 Construction and Working of special designs:
Telescopic, Tandem and Rod less cylinder.
Unit –IV Direction Control Valves in Hydraulic & Pneumatic Systems (10 hrs, 12 marks)
4.1 Direction control valves: Classification,
4a. Classify various types of DC construction, working and applications of Poppet
valves valve, spool valve, 2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 4/3, 5/2, 5/3, D.C
4b. Draw constructional details of valves simple and pilot operated check valves (pilot
DC valves to open, pilot to close) methods of actuation of
4c. Select appropriate type of DC DCV, Comparison of DC valves, Selection of
valves for given application standard center position in 3 position DCV.
4d. Select actuation methods of DC 4.2 Construction and working of Rotary spool DC
valves as per type of application. valve, Dual pressure valve, Shuttle valve and Quick
4e. Draw Hydraulic and Pneumatic exhaust valve.
4.3 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Circuits for actuation of
Circuits using DC valve for given
linear and rotary actuators by direct and indirect
application (with pilot valve) method. Practical circuits
4f. Compare DC valves on various involving use of Quick exhaust valve, logic OR,
grounds AND, NOT functions.

Section II
Unit –V Pressure Control valves in Hydraulic & Pneumatic Systems (8 hrs, 8 marks )
5a. Draw constructional details of 5.1 Pressure Control Valve: Classification,
pressure control valves Construction, working and applications of Relief
5b. Draw Hydraulic and Pneumatic valve (direct and pilot operated), pressure reducing
Circuits using PC valve for given valve (direct and pilot operated), sequence,
application Illustrate the use of unloading and counter balance valves. Comparison
pressure control valves in hydraulic on various grounds.
and pneumatic circuits 5.2 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Circuits using pressure
5c. Compare various pressure control valve, Single and double sequence circuit,
control valves Two pump unloading circuit, Counterbalance
5d. Select appropriate type of PC circuit, circuit for reduced pressure in part of the
valves for given application system .
Unit –VI Flow Control valves and Accessories in Hydraulic & Pneumatic Systems (10
hrs, 12 marks )
6a. Classify various types of FC 6.1 Flow control valves: Classification, Construction,
valves working and applications of non-compensated,
6b. Draw constructional details of Pressure compensated, Pressure & temperature
flow control valves
compensated flow control valve.
G P Pune
Page 141 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
6c. Compare various methods of 6.2 Meter in, Meter out and bleed off circuits.
flow control Comparison between them. Speed control circuit for
6d. Select appropriate flow control pneumatic actuators
valves and method of flow control
6.3 Types, construction and functions of Accessories:
for the given application
6e. Illustrate the use of various Pipes, hoses, fittings, Seals and gaskets,
accessories in hydraulic/pneumatic accumulators.
system. 6.4 Hydraulic circuits using Accumulator as an
6f. Select appropriate accessories auxiliary power source, leakage compensator,
in hydraulic and pneumatic system emergency power source, hydraulic shock absorber
and thermal expansion compensator
Unit –VII Hydro- Pneumatics and Electro- Pneumatics (6 hrs, 8 marks )
7a. List and Illustrate the use of, 7.1 Introduction to Hydro- Pneumatics, need, types,
various components of Hydro- Air-Oil reservoir, Hydraulic check unit and air
Pneumatic and Electro Pneumatic hydraulic intensifier, comparison with hydraulic and
system pneumatic system
7b. Draw and Analyze pneumatic 7.2 Introduction to Electro Pneumatics, important
circuits for different applications steps, Function of commonly used devices
7c. Develop ladder diagram for (manually actuated push button switches, Limit
switches, Pressure switches, Solenoids, Relays,
simple hydraulic & pneumatic
Timers, Temperature switches, Proximity sensors,
circuits Electric counters), Advantages, Electro Pneumatic
circuits for direct and indirect control of pneumatic
actuators
7.3 PLC programming methods, Development of
Ladder Diagram of simple hydraulic & pneumatic
circuit s. a. OR, AND, Time delay, sequencing,
NOR, NAND. (Basics of PLC are already covered
elsewhere)
Unit –VIII Industrial Hydraulic and Pneumatic Circuits (8 hrs, 12 marks )
8a. Develop hydraulic circuit for 8.1 Position dependent automatic reversal of piston
specified applications 8.2 Pressure dependent automatic reversal of piston
8b. Develop pneumatic circuit for 8.3 Time dependent automatic reversal of piston
8.4 Continuous to and fro motion of D/A cylinder with
specified applications
roller operated valves and solenoid operated valves
& limit switches.
8.5 Locked cylinders with pilot check valves
8.6 Regenerative circuit
8.7 Two hand safety circuit
8.8 Rapid Feed Return circuit
8.9 Cylinder Synchronizing Circuits (Series and
parallel)
8.10 Hydraulic circuits for Milling machine, Shaper
machine and surface grinding machine

207. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

G P Pune
Page 142 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

No. Hours R U A Total

Level Level Level Marks
Section - I
I Introduction to hydraulic &
06 04 04 -- 08
Pneumatic systems
II Pumps and Compressors 08 02 04 02 08
III Hydraulic & Pneumatic 08
04 04 04 12
Actuators
IV Direction Control Valves in
10 04 04 04 12
Hydraulic & Pneumatic Systems

Total 32 14 16 10 40
Section - II
Pressure Control valves in
V 02 04 02 08
Hydraulic & Pneumatic Systems 08
Flow Control valves and
VI Accessories in Hydraulic & 02 04 06 12
Pneumatic Systems 10
Hydro- Pneumatics and Electro-
VII 04 04 -- 08
Pneumatics 06
Industrial Hydraulic and
VIII -- 06 06 12
Pneumatic Circuits 08
Total 32 08 18 14 40
Total 48 20 36 24 80

208. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Other than the classroom and laboratory learning, following are the suggested student-related
co-curricular activities which can be undertaken to accelerate the attainment of the various
outcomes in this course: Students should conduct following activities in group and prepare
reports of about 5 pages for each activity, also collect/record physical evidences for their
(student‟s) portfolio which will be useful for their placement interviews:
a. Prepare journal based on practical performed in Industrial fluid power laboratory.
Journal consists of drawing, observations, required measuring tools, equipment, and
date of performance with teacher signature.
b. Power Point Presentation on hydraulic and Pneumatic brakes by group of two/three
students. (Duration:10 minutes)
c. Power Point Presentation on accessories used in hydraulics and pneumatics by
group of two/three students. (Duration:10 minutes)
d. Prepare report of market survey of suppliers for fluid powered Earth moving
equipment like JCB, Mahindra Earth master by group of four students.
e. Prepare chart on full imperial drawing sheet for ISO Symbols used in hydraulic &
pneumatic system by group of two students.
f. Prepare chart on full imperial drawing sheet for classification of pumps and
actuators by group of two students.
g. Prepare Seminar/presentation on types of oil filters by group of two/three students.
(Duration:10 minutes)
h. Prepare display chart on types of seals and gaskets (actual samples) used in
G P Pune
Page 143 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

hydraulics.
i. Prepare visit report of any automobile service station to observe use of pneumatic
hand tools.
j. Prepare visit report of construction sites to observe use of JCB/Other hydraulic
/pneumatic equipment for automation.

209. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
kkkk. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
llll. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
mmmm. With respect to item No.9, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
nnnn. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
oooo. Correlate subtopics with automation.
pppp. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
qqqq. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
rrrr. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals

210. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

Only one micro-project is planned to be undertaken by a student that needs to be

assigned to him/her. In the first four semesters, the micro-project are group-based.
However, in the fifth and sixth semesters, it should be preferably be individually
undertaken to build up the skill and confidence in every student to become problem
solver so that s/he contributes to the projects of the industry. In special situations
where groups have to be formed for micro-projects, the number of students in the
group should not exceed three.
The micro-project could be industry application based, internet-based, workshop-
based, laboratory-based or field-based. Each micro-project should encompass two or
more COs which are in fact, an integration of PrOs, UOs and ADOs. Each student will
have to maintain dated work diary consisting of individual contribution in the project
work and give a seminar presentation of it before submission. The total duration of the
micro-project should not be less than 16 (sixteen) student engagement hours during
the course. The student ought to submit micro-project by the end of the semester to
develop the industry oriented COs.
A suggestive list of micro-projects is given here. Similar micro-projects could be
added by the concerned faculty:
a. Market survey of oil used in hydraulic system(Manufacturers, specifications, trade
names, cost, packing size)
b. Prepare working model of hydraulic crane using waste injections used by Doctors.
c. Prepare report of agriculture equipment working on hydraulic and pneumatics. (field-
based)
G P Pune
Page 144 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

d. Prepare report of specifications of Hydraulic power pack and Pneumatic service

unit(FRL Unit)
e. Collect technical specifications of Gear pumps, Vane pumps/other pumps (Internet
based).
f. Prepare visit report to observe use of Pneumatic system used by Dentist.
g. Prepare visit report on automobile vehicle cleaning service station to observe the
hydraulic actuator and system used.
h. Prepare display board by collecting sample of pipes and pipe fittings with
specifications of different manufactures.(New/Worn out)
i. Prepare a tabulated summary for types of pipes available in market. (Summary
includes type, specification, size range, material, rate and applications).
a. Prepare report on specifications, sketches of linear actuators and mounting methods.
b. Prepare report on working of hydraulic jack and its system.
c. Prepare prototype working model of hydraulically operated hospital bed.
d. Prepare demonstration model of telescopic cylinder using PVC pipes.
e. Develop working model of automation of bench vice used in carpentry/fitting shop.
f. Prepare report of various pneumatic hand tools and its attachments.
g. Prepare cut section model of any hydraulic/pneumatic component.
h. Prepare report of hydraulic system used in Universal testing machine available in
Strength of material laboratory.
i. Prepare report of construction and working of hydraulic press used in nearby
machine/fabrication shop.
j. Prepare visit report of service center for common faults and remedies of hydraulic
equipment.

211. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition

S.N. Title ISBN Number
and Year of publication
Oil Hydraulic Majumdar S.R Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN:
1 system- Principles 9780074637487
and maintenance
Pneumatics Systems Majumdar S.R Tata McGraw Hill,ISBN-978-0-07-
2 Principles and 460231-7
Maintenance
Fluid Power with Anthony Esposito Pearson Education, Inc 2000,ISBN 81-
3
applications 7758-580-0
Hydraulics and Harry Stewart Taraporewala Publication,
4
Pneumatics ISBN:978-0672234125
Pneumatic Controls Joji B. Wiley India Pub. ISBN:978-8126515424
5
Hydraulics & Andrew Parr Butterworth-Heinemann Publisher, ISBN:
Pneumatics A 9780080966755
6
Technicians &
Engineers Guide
Industrial ----- Vickers Systems International(Company
7
Hydraulics Manual Manual)
Product Catalogue ----- Company catalogue
8
of FESTO
Hydraulic And D. Stewart Industrial Press INC. 200, Madison
9
Pneumatic Power Avenue, New-York 10016.
G P Pune
Page 145 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

For Production
Industrial
Hydraulics
Animation software Any version available -----
10 for hydraulics and
pneumatics

SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES
8. Hydrulic Pumps:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hydraulic_pump
9. Hydrulic Pumps:www.hydraulicspneumatics.com/.../HydraulicPumpsM/.../TechZone-
HydraulicPumps.
10. Animation of Hydraulic pumps:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qy1iV6EzNHg
11. Animation of Hydraulic pumps:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pWuxYnqYDnk
12. Eaton Pump assembly :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sEVTIRYHoGg
13. Video lectures of IIT Faculty :http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105047/
14. Lecture series and notes by IIT faculty :http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106175/
15. Pneumatic control valves animation:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XAItnsUcES0
16. Control valve symbol generation:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yIot4shcOkE
17. Animation of D.C. Valve:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jsMJbJQkGTs
18. Animation of 4/2,4/3 D.C Valves:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CQPwvWXbV3w
19. Animation of Hydraulic cylinder:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bovfDsAYSbc
20. Telescopic cylinder animation: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=icaqvfAtccY
212. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 -- 1 -- -- -- 1
CO2 3 2 3 -- 1 -- 1
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 -- 3
CO5 3 2 3 1 1 -- 3

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 -- --
CO2 -- --
CO3 2 3
CO4 -- 1
CO5 2 2

Sign: Sign:

Name: Mrs. M.S. Deshmukh Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni.

(Head of Department)

Dr. A. A. Gadhikar
G P Pune
Page 146 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

(Course Experts)
Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni. Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure.

(CDC )
(Program Head )
(Mechanical Engg Dept.)

G P Pune
Page 147 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ME

Programme code 04

Name of Course Production Technology

Course Code WS 4101

Prerequisite course code and
name

213. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA
Marks 80 20 25 150 25
03 00 04 07 Exam
3 Hrs 1 Hr 2 Hr
Duration
(*): OE/POE (Oral Examination/Practical&Oral Examination mention whichever is
applicable)
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assesment.

214. RATIONALE
Student should be trained about wide range of production processes involved for mass
production of engineering components needs to be employed with due consideration of
functional and economical aspects.

215. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Operate various machines in workshop to produce different components

216. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

21. Illustrate Drilling, boring, milling and broaching machine with its attachments.

G P Pune
Page 148 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

22. Justify Finishing and super finishing processes for given components.
23. Select appropriate machine for gear manufacturing.
24. Suggest types of Jigs and fixtures and their elements for given component.
25. Justify the importance and functions of PPC for manufacturing organization.

217. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practical in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1. 1 Two composite job and Journal / Report writing. 1 24
2. Gear Milling using module cutter and Polygon 1 24
2
milling.
3. 3 A job on center less Grinder / Demonstration. 3 16
Total Hrs 64

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

aaa. Arrangement of available equipment / test rig or model 20
bbb. Setting and operation 20
ccc. Safety measures 10
ddd. Observations and Recording 10
eee. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 20
fff. Answer to sample questions 10
ggg. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

218. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

Column and knee type milling machine along with
1 dividing head (Length X width of the working table 2
800 mm X 300 mm)
2 Center less Grindner 3
219. THEORY COMPONENTS
The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
SECTION I

UNIT 1. DRILLING MACHINE AND BORING MACHINES(Weightage-12 , Hrs- 07)

G P Pune
Page 149 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
SECTION I

1.1 Classification of drilling machines, diagram, construction

1a. Describe construction and and working of sensitive drilling machine, Upright drilling
working of the given drilling machine, Radial drilling machine
and boring machine with
sketches. 1.2 Twist drill nomenclature, Size of drilling machine,
Accessories, Attachments
1b. List the different types of
operations to be perform by 1.3 Classification of boring machines, diagram construction
drilling and boring machine on and working of horizontal boring machine, vertical boring
given job. machine

1c. Explain the nomenclature a 1.4 Drilling machine operations:- Drilling, Reaming, Boring,
of twist drill. Counterboring, Countersinking and its applications

1.5 Boring operations:- Face milling, Drilling, Machining flat

surface, Turning cylindrical surface, Boring by tool head,
Boring by boring bar, Cutting off, Forming and its
applications

UNIT 2 MILLING MACHINES (Weightage- 12 , Hrs- 14)

2a. Describe construction and 2.1 Classification of milling machine, diagram construction
working of the given milling and working principles of column and knee type milling
machine with sketches. machine.

2b. Select the relevant milling 2.2 Milling processes, Up milling and Down milling, Milling
cutter for the specific operation operations and its applications.
on the given job with
justification. 2.3 Milling cutters material, types of standard milling cutters,
universal dividing head, different types of indexing methods
2c. Name and draw different
types of milling cutter.

UNIT 3 BROACHING MACHINE (Weightage- 06 , Hrs- 04)

3a. Describe construction and 3.1 Introduction to broaching, classification of broaching,

specification of the given broaching methods
broaching machine with
sketches. 3.2 Diagram construction working of internal pull broach

3b. Name the nomenclature a of 3.2 Broaching machines horizontal broaching machine, vertical
the given type of broach. broaching machine, continuous broaching machine,
3c. Name and describe different application.
applications.

UNIT 4 FINISHING AND SUPERFINISHING PROCESSES (Weightage- 10 , Hrs- 15)

G P Pune
Page 150 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
SECTION I

4a. Describe construction and 4.1 Types of grinding, grinding machines, all types of rough
specification of the grinding grinders, plain center-type grinders, centreless grinders, all
machine with sketches. surface grinders

4b. Select the grinding process 4.2 Grinding wheels, abrasive materials, bonding, selection of
for the given job with grinding wheels, dressing, types of dressing.
justification.
4.3 Super finishing honing, lapping.
4c. Choose the relevant grinding
wheel for the given job with
justification.

4d. Describe superfinishing

operations with sketch.

SECTION II
UNIT 5 GEAR PRODUCTION MACHINES (Weightage- 18 , Hrs- 10)

5a. Select relevant indexing and 5.1 Gear tooth elements, introduction to gear shaping
generating method for the given
gear. 5.2 Working principle of gear shaping machine, gear shaping
cutter.
5b. Choose gear finishing
method for the given job. 5.3 Introduction to gear hobbing cutters, working principle of
gear hobbing machine, Gear finishing.
5c. Explain gear finishing
method with sketch.

5d. Explain gear generating

method with sketch.

UNIT 6 JIGS AND FIXTURES (Weightage- 14 , Hrs- 08)

6a. Explain difference between 6.1 Definition, Utility in production, Comparison, Principles of
jigs and fixture. Locations, Fool proofing

6b. Explain types of jigs and 6.2 Types of Jigs and fixtures
fixtures with sketches.
6.3 Job holding devices
6c. Explain job holding devices
with sketches.
UNIT 7 INTRODUCTION OF PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL (Weightage-
08 , Hrs- 06)
7a. Explain meaning, scope, 7.1 Meaning, scope and need of production planning and
need of PPC control

7b. Explain functions of PPC. 7.2 Outcomes and functions of production planning and control

G P Pune
Page 151 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
SECTION I

7c. Identify PPC organization 7.3 Types of PPC organizations.

for given example

220. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Drilling machine and boring machine 07 04 04 04 12
II Milling machine 14 04 04 04 12
III Broaching machine 04 02 02 02 06
IV Finishing and superfinishing processes 15 02 02 06 10
V Gear production machines 10 04 04 10 18
VI Jigs and Fixtures 08 04 04 06 14
VII Introduction of production planning
06 02 02 04 08
and control
Total 64 22 22 36 80

221. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

222. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of
the various outcomes in this course:
ssss. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
tttt. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or descriptive in
nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess the
development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
uuuu. With respect to item No.9 teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
vvvv. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
wwww. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
xxxx. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
yyyy. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals

223. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS (Only for Class Declaration Courses)

G P Pune
Page 152 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Only one micro-project is planned to be undertaken by a student that needs to be assigned to

him/her.In the first four semesters, the micro-project are group-based. However, in the fifth
and sixth semesters, it should be preferably be individually undertaken to build up the skill
and confidence in every student to become problem solver so that s/he contributes to the
projects of the industry. In special situations where groups have to be formed for micro-
projects, the number of students in the group should not exceed three.
The micro-project could be industry application based, internet-based, workshop-
based, laboratory-based or field-based. Each micro-project should encompass two or more
COs which are in fact, an integration of PrOs, UOs and ADOs. Each student will have to
maintain dated work diary consisting of individual contribution in the project work and give a
seminar presentation of it before submission. The total duration of the micro-project should
not be less than 16 (sixteen) student engagement hours during the course. The student ought
to submit micro-project by the end of the semester to develop the industry oriented COs.
A suggestive list of micro-projects is given here. Similar micro-projects could be
added by the concerned faculty:
j. Take any 5 components/ machine parts and identify machining processes required to
manufacture it and plan the sequence of operations.
k. Prepare display board to demonstrate types of gears.
l. Prepare a report with detail specification of machines available in the institute
workshop.

224. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and

S.N. Title ISBN Number
Year of publication
Workshop Choudhary Hajara S.K., Media ISBN: 9788185099156
1 Technology Promoters and Publishers
Vol- II Limited, Mumbai, 2005
Manufacturing Rao P.N. McGraw Hill, New ISBN: 9781259029561
2 Technology York, 2005
Vol - II
Production Khanna O.P. Dhanpat Rai ISBN:10: 9383182032
3 Technology Publication, New Delhi, 2012
Vol-II
Industrial Martand Telsang. S.Chand & ISBN:10: 8121917735
Engineering cOmpany ltd. New Delhi 2004
4
and Production
Mnagement

225. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

47. http://nptel.ac.in
48. Simulation of machining processes from YouTube and educational websites.

226. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 - 1 2 1 1 2
CO2 2 1 - 2 1 2 2
CO3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3
CO4 2 2 1 1 2 2 3

G P Pune
Page 153 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

CO5 1 - 2 - 1 2 3

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 3
CO2 - 3
CO3 - 2
CO4 1 2
CO5 2 -

Sign: Sign:

Name: Smt.S.S.Panpatil Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni

Shri.V.J.Deshpande (Head of Department)

(Course Expert /s)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Program Head ) (CDC )

(Head of Department)

G P Pune
Page 154 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB' – Scheme

Programme Diploma in ET/CE/EE//ME/MT/CM/IT/DDGM

Programme code 01/02/03/04/05/06/07/08/16/17/21/22/23/24/26

Name of Course Computer aided 3D Modeling.

Course Code ME5101

Prerequisite course code and
ME3101 (Machine Drawing)
name

227. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Scheme Total Examination Scheme

(In Hours) Credits Theory Practical Total
(L+T+P) Marks

L T P C ESE PA *ESE PA 150

Marks
-- 50 50 50
01 00 04 05
Exam
Duratio -- 1 Hr 2 Hr
n
(*):POE (Practical Examination)
Legends: L- lecture, T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice, P-practical, ESE-End
semester examination, PA- Progressive Assessment.

228. RATIONALE
The market driven economy demands frequent changes in product design, data collection,
analysis & retrieval at much faster rates. Computers play very important role in this
diversified fields such as CAD, CAM, CIM and simulation etc. It is essential for a
Diploma Technician to have a knowledge regarding the latest Solid Modeling software
used in the industries and to acquire skill in operating different software‟s available such
as Pro-E/ Creo, Catia, Solid Works, Unigraphics etc. This course deals with concepts of
solid modeling to enhance modeling skills of diploma students.

229. COMPETENCY

The aim of this course is to help the student to attain the following
industry identified competency through various teaching learning experiences:
G P Pune
Page 155 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

• Develop 'Solid Models' of given machine components using any

parametric CAD software.

230. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

1. Prepare 2D Drawing using sketcher workbench of any parametric CAD

software.
2. Generate 3D Solid models from 2D sketch using Part workbench of any
parametric CAD software.
3. Prepare assembly of part models using Assembly workbench of any
parametric CAD software.
4. Generate orthographic views of 3D solid models/assemblies using drafting
workbench of any parametric CAD software.
5. Plot/Print a drawing for given part model/assembly.

231. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed
and assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Ex.No Unit Practical Exercises Relevent Hrs

No (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain) CO
1 1,2 Introduction to Modeling software & it‟s 01 08
environments. Draw 2D sketches of the machine
parts using 3-D modeling software (Minimum
05)
2 3 Create simple parts using features like extrude, 02 08
revolve, ribs, chamfer, fillet, hole, pattern etc.
from the given orthographic views. (Minimum
5)
3 5 Prepare drawing template consisting of Name 04 04
plate , boundary lines and projection symbol.
4 5,6 Generate drawing views of Parts created in Ex. 04 04
No.-2 on the drawing template giving all
dimensions and Print on A4 size paper.
5 3 Create complex parts using features extrude, 02 08
revolve, sweep, ribs, chamfer, fillet, hole,
pattern, draft, and shell etc. from the given
pictorial view. (Minimum 5)
6 5,6 Generate drawing views of Parts created in Ex. 04 04
No.-5 on the drawing template giving all
dimensions and Print on A4 size paper.

7 3,5,6 Create 3D part models of individual components 02,04 16

of any TWO assemblies consisting of at least
five parts.(e.g. assembly of Bench Vice, Drill
Jig, Joints, Couplings, Bearings, Valves, Screw
Jack, Lathe Tool Post, I.C.Engine piston and
connecting rod etc). Generate drawing views of
the parts on the drawing template with
dimensions and Print on A4 size paper.
G P Pune
Page 156 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

8 4,5,6 Assemble parts created in Ex. No. 7. Generate 03,04 08

orthographic views of assembly on the drawing
template. Prepare Bill of material. Create one of
the assembly views in Section. Print on A4 size
paper.
9 4,5,6 Create exploded view of assemblies created in 03,04 04
Ex. No. 7.Generate view and print on A4 size
paper.
Total 64

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

hhh. Use and selection of proper commands, Presentation and 40
printing of drawings
iii. Able to answer oral questions 20
jjj. Timely submission 20
kkk. Attendance and punctuality. 20
Total 100

232. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

Hardware: Desk Top PC. IntelCore i3 having
1 Windows10 Pro 64 Bit with 8 GB RAM with 1TB All
hard disk.

2 Software: Any parametric solid modelling software. All

3 Printer/ Plotter 10

233. THEORY COMPONENTS

The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs)

Topics and Sub-topics
(in cognitive domain)

UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION TO MODELING SOFTWARE (Weightage-N.A , Hrs- 02)

G P Pune
Page 157 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs)

Topics and Sub-topics
(in cognitive domain)
1.1 Introduction to CAD,CAM and CAE . Various
1a. Use the 3D Modeling available CAD software. Parametric, associative and
software. feature based nature of CAD/modeling software.
1b.Explain use of all toolbars. 1.2Tool bars:-Standard Toolbar, Sketch Toolbar,
1c.Explain use of various working Relationship Toolbar ,View Toolbar, Drawing Toolbar,
environments is Modeling Feature Toolbar, Annotation Toolbar.
software. 1.3Feature Manager Design Tree: Design Manager,
Property Manager, Configuration Manager.
1.4Selection Method: Selection From Design Tree, Graphic
Area

UNIT 2. SKETCHING WITH MODELING SOFTWARE(Weightage-N.A. , Hrs- 04)

2a. Describe the given 2.1 Drawing tools: Line, Rectangle, Circle, Arc,
sketcher commands. Ellipse, Spline, etc.
2b. Demonstrate the 2.2 Editing tools: Trim, Extend, Erase,
given modify Mirror, etc.
Commands. 2.3 Modify tools: Chamfer, Fillet, Copy, Move,
2c. Apply dimensioning etc.
and Geometrical 2.4 Linear, angular dimensions.
Constraints 2.5 Dimensioning constraint and Geometrical
constraint.
2.6 Drawing template: prepare drawing template
consisting of Name plate, boundary lines and
projection symbol.
UNIT 3. PART MODELING (Weightage- N.A. , Hrs- 04)
3.1 Working in 3D environment: Creating 3D Solid
3a. Prepare 3D model of the part Models of simple machine parts.
using different commands 3.2 Reference Geometry : Creating axis, Creating reference
3b.Use various editing and planes
modifying commands. 3.3 Part tool: Extrude, Revolve, Sweep, Swept blend,
3c. Describe intersection of given Pattern, Hole, Rib etc.
solid. 3.4 Part Editing tool: Trim, Extend, Erase, Mirror,
3.5 Part Modify tool: Chamfer, Round, Copy, Move,
Draft, Shell etc.
3.6 Intersect 2 solid components by inserting new body
option. Boolean operations: Union, subtract,
intersection.
UNIT 4. ASSEMBLY OF PARTS(Weightage-N.A., Hrs- 03)
4a. Use assembly tools to create 4.1 Assembly toolbar, Feature manager deign tree conventions.
assembly of parts. 4.2 Assembly constraints.
4b. Use explode command to get 4.3 Exploded view. Generating Exploded view. View manager
the exploded view of assembly.. tools.

UNIT 5. DRAWING ENVIRONMENT (Weightage- N.A. , Hrs- 02)

G P Pune
Page 158 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs)

Topics and Sub-topics
(in cognitive domain)
5a. Use drawing module to create 5.1 Drawing environment. Using template in drawing.
orthographic views of part model. 5.2 Adding Model / assembly in drawing module.
5b. Use drawing module to create 5.3 Generating orthographic views, isometric views.
orthographic views of given Creating sectional views, auxiliary view, detailed view,
assembly. exploded view.
5c. Prepare bill of material for 5.4 Adding dimensions, notes, tolerances, surface
assembly drawing. roughness symbol, bill of material.

UNIT 6. PLOTTING AND PRINTING (Weightage-N.A. , Hrs- 01 )

6a. Plot / Print the drawing on 6.1 Plotters- Types of plotters and Printers.
sheet. 6.2 Sheet setup. Page setup. Print selection, Print Preview
and print document.

234. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FOR QUESTION PAPER DESIGN

N.A.

235. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

236. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
zzzz. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
aaaaa. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or
descriptive in nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess
the development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
bbbbb. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
ccccc. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
ddddd. Use LCD projector to explain all topics and experiments.
G P Pune
Page 159 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

eeeee. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals

237. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

(Only for Class Declaration Courses)

Only one micro-project is planned to be undertaken by a student that needs to be assigned to

him/her.In the first four semesters, the micro-project are group-based. However, in the fifth
and sixth semesters, it should be preferably be individually undertaken to build up the skill
and confidence in every student to become problem solver so that s/he contributes to the
projects of the industry. In special situations where groups have to be formed for micro-
projects, the number of students in the group should not exceed three.
The micro-project could be industry application based, internet-based, workshop-
based, laboratory-based or field-based. Each micro-project should encompass two or more
COs which are in fact, an integration of PrOs, UOs and ADOs. Each student will have to
maintain dated work diary consisting of individual contribution in the project work and give a
seminar presentation of it before submission. The total duration of the micro-project should
not be less than 16 (sixteen) student engagement hours during the course. The student ought
to submit micro-project by the end of the semester to develop the industry oriented COs.
A suggestive list of micro-projects is given here. Similar micro-projects could be
added by the concerned faculty:
a. 2D drawing: Each student will collect one or two drawings from
the nearby industry/workshop and prepare model and generate 2D drawing
production drawings from it.
b. 3D model: Each student will identify a small assembly from the institute
workshop/laboratory. Measure the dimensions of each part and prepare
sketches. Using sketches prepared 3D model of parts and assembly. Plot the
assembly and detail drawings. (eg. Bench vice, Machine vice, Tool post,
Couplings, Joints, Bearings etc.)
c. Create models for parts to be manufactured in their manufacturing type of project and
generate assembly and detail drawings.

238. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

Author, Publisher, Edition and Year of

S.N. Title ISBN Number
publication
CATIA for Sham Tickoo Softcover,Cadcim Technologies
1
Designers.
Pro/Engieer Sham Tickoo Softcover,Cadcim Technologies
2 Wildfire 5.0 for
Designers
Solid Works for Sham Tickoo Softcover,Cadcim Technologies
3
Designers
Autodesk Inventor Sham Tickoo Softcover,Cadcim Technologies
4 for Designers.
Release 10.
NX4 for designers Sham Tickoo, Softcover,Cadcim Technologies
5
Deepak Maini
6 CAD/CAM M Groover Pearson Education

G P Pune
Page 160 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

239. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

49. www.nptel.com
50. https://en.wikipedia.org/
51. www.slideshare.net/
52. http://www.solidworks.inlsw/products/3d-cad/3d-solid-modeling.htm
53. https:llwww.youtube.com/watch?v=vjX4PDJcFOI
54. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5BDHS4FN2-
55. https:llwww.youtube.com/watch?v=JjKs-lePlPY
56. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LaPp6DiYdOY&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYND
DMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6
57. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MoHbGBb5_HE&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYN
DDMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=2
58. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EfBVhLoWCqc&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYN
DDMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=3
59. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2ahR_9M9DVs&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYND
DMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=4
60. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z5ALvJf3sn0&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYNDD
Mhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=5
61. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ku3u6jcaJtY&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYNDD
Mhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=6
62. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R00W6bstVe4&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYND
DMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=9
63. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vSBp4ZXntSU&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYND
DMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=10
64. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UH_6-
JigVcY&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYNDDMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=20
65. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6glpCzXvCbw
66. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xf953H-WHqg
67. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xCR6wK1avyc
68. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OooD3Qib_q0
69. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5u4-xMnl2aQ
70. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hA27dgnjI9Y
71. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hpMFQnyqfg8
72. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IyJMksXemsA
73. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UH_6-
JigVcY&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqYNDDMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=20
74. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1DSJ795_3i0
75. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rK-4O0E6pCA
76. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JPJ2WXOCvyM
77. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CeK17bZo2k4
78. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QvWGAMLFxTY&list=PLbjkHL0f0OsgqY
NDDMhk4EOh_pbNRinc6&index=18
79. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qo7wUJbHf4
80. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gsdy5cK5V8E

240. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

G P Pune
Page 161 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 2 1 - - 1 2
CO2 3 3 1 2 - 1 2
CO3 3 3 1 2 - 1 2
CO4 3 3 1 2 - 1 2
CO5 2 2 - - - - -

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 -
CO2 3 -
CO3 3 -
CO4 3 -
CO5 3 -

Sign: Sign:

Name: M.W.Giridhar. Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni.

(Head of Department)

C.S.Ghadge.

(Course Expert /s)

Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr.N.G.Kulkarni. Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Program Head ) (CDC )
(Mechanical Dept.)

G P Pune
Page 162 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180 OB' – Scheme

Programme Diplôma in ME

Programme code
04
Name of Course Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

Course Code ME 5102

Prerequisite course code and Thermal Engineering (ME 3102), L1
name

241. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA 150
Marks 80 20 25 25
3 2 5 Exam
03 01 02
Duration
(*): Under the theory PA, Out of 20 marks, 10 marks are for micro-project assessment
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice,P-practical,ESE-End
semester examination,PA- Progressive Assesment.

242. RATIONALE
The 21st century predicts revolutionary developments in Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning. Considering the wide and increasing use of Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning for domestic, commercial and industrial applications and the
challenges put in it is absolutely necessary that Diploma Engineers should learn these
systems. They should know the processes, equipment, systems of Heating, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning with their functioning, maintenance, repairs and measures to
meet the current demand
243. COMPETENCY
The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Maintain refrigeration and air-conditioning systems.

244. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

1 Calculate COP of given refrigeration system.

2 Select different systems of refrigeration and air conditioning for given application.
3 Select different refrigeration components and refrigerants for given refrigeration and
air conditioning applications.
4 Calculate psychometric properties using psychometric chart.
5 Determine cooling loads for Air-conditioning systems.

245. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1 1 Identify different components of Vapor compression 1 2
1
cycle with their specification
2 1 Determine COP of given Vapor compression system 1 2
3 2 Demonstrate construction of Vapor absorption 1 2
1
refrigeration System
4 Identify refrigerant for given applications 3 2
2
5 Demonstrate Leak Testing, Evacuation and 2 2
2 Refrigerant charging process of any refrigeration
system.
6 3 3 Dismantle hermitically Sealed compressor 3 2
7 4 3 Assemble hermitically Sealed compressor 3 2
8 3 Demonstrate construction of Ice plant 3 4
9 5 Identify different components of Household 2 2
3
refrigerator
10 7 4 Determine air properties using Psychrometer 4 2
11 8 5 Calculate cooling load of given laboratory 4,5 2
12 9 Determine the refrigeration capacity of unitary air 1,4,5 4
6
conditioner
13 1 Identify different components of window/split air 2 2
6
0 conditioner
14 1 Identify different components and control systems of 2 2
6
1 Car air conditioner
15 Perform piping operations like tube/pipe cutting, 2 2
6
swedging, bending, flaring and brazing
Total Hrs 32
(Note-Any minimum ten laboratory experiments from above needs to be performed in the
laboratory)

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

lll. Arrangement of available equipment or model 20
mmm. Setting and operation 20
nnn. Safety measures 10
ooo. Observations and Recording 20

G P Pune
Page 164 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

ppp. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 10
qqq. Answer to sample questions 10
rrr. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

246. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO. No.

59 Vapour compression Test rig consisting of Hermetically sealed 1,2
compressor 1TR capacity, Air cooled condenser, Expansion
devices like TEV and capillary tube, Evaporator coils.
60 Water cooler test rig up to 100 liters capacity- consisting of 1,2
Hermetically sealed compressor 1.5 TR capacity, Forced Air
cooled condenser, Expansion devices like TEV and capillary tube,
Evaporator coils
61 Aqua- Ammonia Vapour Absorption Refrigeration Test rig 3

62 Ice plant test Rig- consisting of Hermetically sealed compressor 8

2TR capacity, Forced Air cooled condenser, Expansion devices
like TEV and capillary tube, Evaporator coils, brine tank, Stirrer
63 Household refrigerator cut section model 7
64 Hermetically sealed compressor 6,7
65 Psychrometer digital 10,11
66 Anemometer 11,12
67 Window air conditioner cut section Model 13
68 Split / Window air conditioner test rig r- consisting of Hermetically 12,13
sealed compressor 1.5 TR capacity, Forced Air cooled condenser,
Expansion devices like TEV and capillary tube, Evaporator coils
69 Refrigerant Cylindersr12,R 22, R 134a, R 60` a, R602a9Qty one 5
each)
70 Charging kit with vacuum pump, Brazing Tool, Halide torch, 5,15
flaring tools, swaging Tools, bending tool
71 Working model of Car air conditioner 14
247. THEORY COMPONENTS
The following topics/subtopics should be taught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
SECTION 1( Refrigeration)
UNIT 1.Refrigeration Cycles(Weightage-16 , Hrs-10)
1a. Define basic terminologies 1.1 Necessity of Refrigeration, Unit of Refrigeration, concept
of refrigeration of COP (actual and Theoretical)
1b. Represent Bell- Colemen 1.2 Bell-Coleman cycle and its representation on P-V and T-S
cycle on P-v and T-s diagram with simple numerical.
G P Pune
Page 165 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
digram 1.3 Principle of Vapor Compression Cycle, Main components,
1c. Calculate Actual and Representation on P-H and T-S diagram, conditions- dry
theoretical COP of given compression, effect of superheating, effect of under
Vapour compression cycle. cooling, Calculation of Refrigeration capacity and Power
1d. Represent VCC on P-H
required
and T-S diagram for
different conditions. 1.4 Vapor Absorption Cycle -- principle, its component,
1e. Calculate the refrigeration working of Aqua – Ammonia Vapour absorption system,
capacity for the given working of Li-Br absorption system, Electrolux
system refrigerator- working, main components, applications.
1f. State functions of different Comparison between Vapour Compression system. and
components used in Vapour absorption system
Vapour Absorption
refrigeration system
1g. Explain working of
different vapour absorption
system

UNIT 2 Refrigerants (Weightage- 08 , Hrs- 04)

2a. List desirable properties of 2.1 Refrigerants, desirable properties, classification,
refrigerant designation of refrigerant, selection of refrigerant for
2b. Classify refrigerants relevant applications,
2c. Designate refrigerant 2.2 System vacuumization Charging processes, leak testing
2d. Explain the effect of methods and process.
Refrigerant on Environment 2.3 Montreal protocol, Kyoto protocol. Concept of Ozone
2e. State the legislation Layer Depletion, Green House effect, Global warming,
imposed for controlling Eco friendly Refrigerants.
environment degradation by
refrigerant.
UNIT 3 Vapor Compression Refrigeration Components and Systems
(Weightage-16 , Hrs- 10)
3a. Explain working of 3.1 Refrigeration compressor, classifications, construction
Refrigeration compressor for and working of hermetically sealed compressor, open
given refrigeration system. type compressor, rotary compressors- centrifugal, Screw
3b. Select condenser for given and Scroll compressors and their applications.
refrigeration system with 3.2 Condensers- classifications, working of air and water-
justification. cooled condensers, evaporative condensers, comparison
3c. Explain construction and and applications.
working of evaporator for 3.3 Evaporators- Classification- working of finned type,
given refrigeration system bared tube, plate type, flooded, shell and tube type
3d. Select relevant Expansion evaporators, their applications. Chillers- Direct
device for given refrigeration expansion and flooded type chillers, working and
system with justification. applications.
3e. Explain the working of 3.4 Expansion device- classifications, capillary tube,
specified auxiliary devices automatic expansion valve, thermostatic expansion
used in refrigeration system valve, selection, working and application.
G P Pune
Page 166 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
3f. Describe the working of 3.5 Other components- Drier, Solenoid valve, Thermostatic
different applications of switch, defrosting devices, working and applications
vapour compression 3.6 Applications of Refrigeration, House hold refrigerators,
refrigeration system. Water coolers, name of Manufacturers and their products
with capacity.
SECTION II ( Airconditioning)

UNIT 4 Psychrometry (Weightage-10 , Hrs- 06)

4a. Represent the given 4.1

Air conditioning- necessity, types of air conditioning-
psychrometric processes in comfort air conditioning, industrial air conditioning,
Psychrometric chart applications.
4b. Select relevant auxiliary
4.2 Principle of Psychrometry, DBT,WBT DPT,RH etc
components for given air
conditioning system. Dalton‟s law of partial pressure, air properties referring
4c. Describe the procedure to to ASHRAE Handbook.
maintain the given air 4.3 Psychrometric processes, Representation of processes
conditioning component on Psychrometric. chart. Types and construction of
Psychrometers.
4.4 Components used for air conditioning-Humidifiers,
dehumidifiers, filters, heating and cooling coils.
UNIT 5 Cooling Load Calculation (Weightage- 10 , Hrs- 06)

5a. List human comfort 5.1 Comfort condition, heat exchange by human body with
conditions environment, factors affecting on human comfort.
5b. Identify the relevant 5.2 Calculation of Sensible and Latent heat gain sources.
sources of heat gain for the
5.3 Cooling load calculation for- CAD LAB, HMED
given situation with
justification. Cabin,. auditorium, Metrology laboratory, class room
5c. Calculate cooling load for
the given situation
UNIT 6 Air Conditioning Systems(Weightage- 20 , Hrs- 12 )

6a. Classify Air conditioning 6.1 Classification of air conditioning system- Summer and
system winter, Year around air conditioning, construction,
6b. Explain working of application, comparison.
Unitary air conditioning
6.2 Construction and working of window, split, package
system
6c. Explain the constructional type air conditioners.
features of central air 6.3 Central air conditioning- types, direct and indirect
conditioning central air conditioning construction, capacity,
6d. Select relevant application.
components for given air 6.4 Concept of air handling unit, air distribution system-
distribution system closed perimeter system, extended perimeter system,
6e. Select the insulating
radial duct system, losses in ducts, construction and
material for given air
conditioning system. application of supply, return and make up ducts, grills
6f. Describe the procedure to diffusers, types of fans and blowers.
maintain the given type of 6.5 Insulation- purpose, types of insulation, material and
G P Pune
Page 167 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
air conditioning system their properties.
6g. Explain working of 6.6 Automobile Air conditioning system- working,
Automobile Air different sensors and components. Climatic control
conditioning System system.

248. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FORQUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Refrigeration Cycle 10 4 4 8 16
II Refrigerants 04 2 2 4 08
III Vapor Compression
Refrigeration Components and 10 4 4 8 16
Systems
IV Psychrometry 06 2 2 6 10
V Cooling Load Calculation 06 2 2 6 10
VI Air Conditioning Systems 12 4 4 12 20
Total 48 18 18 44 80

249. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

250. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
fffff. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
ggggg. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or
descriptive in nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess
the development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation
guideline for details).
hhhhh. With respect to item No.9, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
iiiii. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
G P Pune
Page 168 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

jjjjj. Correlate subtopics with actual domestic and industrial Refrigeration and air
conditioning systems.
kkkkk. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts related to
Psychrometry.
lllll. Use Flash/Animations to explain various applications of Refrigeration and air
conditioning.

251. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

Only one micro-project is planned to be undertaken by a student that needs to be assigned to
him/her.In the first four semesters, the micro-project are group-based. However, in the fifth
and sixth semesters, it should be preferably be individually undertaken to build up the skill
and confidence in every student to become problem solver so that s/he contributes to the
projects of the industry. In special situations where groups have to be formed for micro-
projects, the number of students in the group should not exceed three.
The micro-project could be industry application based, internet-based, workshop-
based, laboratory-based or field-based. Each micro-project should encompass two or more
COs which are in fact, an integration of PrOs, UOs and ADOs. Each student will have to
maintain dated work diary consisting of individual contribution in the project work and give a
seminar presentation of it before submission. The total duration of the micro-project should
not be less than 16 (sixteen) student engagement hours during the course. The student ought
to submit micro-project by the end of the semester to develop the industry oriented COs.
A suggestive list of micro-projects is given here. Similar micro-projects could be
added by the concerned faculty:
a) Prepare a duct layout of your institute building from AHU
b) Prepare a chart of showing all the components of house hold refrigerator.
c) Prepare a demonstration model of cold storage.
d) Measure Refrigeration capacity of split air conditioner.
e) Collect different air outlet devices used in Central air conditioning system
f) Download Manufacturer,s catalogue of Refrigeration compressors.
g) Prepare display chart of types of refrigerant used in commercial and Industrial
applications.
h) Visit to nearby Central air conditioning plant/Malls/Showrooms and collect
information regarding air conditioning
i) Conduct market survey of household refrigerators, make, capacity, arrangement,
features, commercial terms etc.
j) Conduct market survey of window air conditioner make, capacity, arrangement,
features, commercial terms etc.
k) Collect information of automobile air conditioning of different vehicles.
l) Comparative study of various types of compressors with detailed specification &
market survey.
m) Comparative study of various types of condensers with detailed specification &
market survey.
n) Comparative study of various types of evaporators with detailed specification &
market survey.
o) Comparative study of various types of expansion devices with detailed specification &
market survey.
p) Study of different types of refrigerants with properties, designation, selection &
applications.
q) Comparative study of different types of central air-conditioning system with detailed
specification and visit analysis report. (viz. AHU,FCU,VAV)

252. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES

G P Pune
Page 169 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Author, Publisher, Edition

S.N. Title ISBN Number
and Year of publication
Refrigeration and Air Khurmi R. S. S Chand publication, New Delhi,
1
conditioning (2008), ISBN-10: 8121927811
Refrigeration and Air Arora C. P. Tata McGrawHill Publication, New
2 conditioning Delhi, (2009), ISBN-13-978-07-
008390-5
Basic Refrigeration and Ananthnarayan P. M. Tata McGrawHill Publication, New
3 Air conditioning Delhi, (2013), ISBN-
9781259062704
Refrigeration and Air Sapali S. N. PHI publication, New Delhi, (2013)
4
conditioning ISBN - 9788120348721
Refrigeration and Air Prasad Manohar New Age International, New Delhi,
5 conditioning (2011), ISBN- 9788122414295
Refrigeration and Air Ameen Ahmdul PHI Publication, New Delhi,
6 conditioning ISBN - 9788120326712
Principles of refrigeration Dossat R. J. John Wiley and Sons Ltd, UK,
7 (2009)
ISBN 978-0130272706
ASHRAE Handbook American Society of Heating, Amer Society of Heating; Har/Cdr
8 Refrigerating and Air- edition (30 June 2016)
Conditioning Engineers

253. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

a. www.youtube.com/watch?v=52P0KbTNvok
b. www.youtube.com/watch?v=OXIZhqypNUI
c. www.youtube.com/watch?v=cobFAMZDS0o&start_radio=1&list=RDcobFAMZDS0o
d. www.youtube.com/watch?v=cobFAMZDS0o&list=RDcobFAMZDS0o&index=1
e. www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ll8Ku-mFQxE
f. www.youtube.com/watch?v=yQGFmBBvw1g&t=134s
g. www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSWt0zjLgIY
h. www.youtube.com/watch?v=PL0vU02QC4w
i. www.youtube.com/watch?v=lMqoKLli0Y4
j. www.youtube.com/watch?v=oSLOHCOw3yg
k. www.youtube.com/watch?v=6UMqdD6ejZQ
l. www.youtube.com/watch?v=7FxltQ41bZc

254. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 - 3 1` 1 2
CO2 2 2 1 - 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 - 3 1 3
CO4 3 2 2 1 - 1 2
CO5 3 2 1 2 2 2 1

G P Pune
Page 170 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 2
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 1

Sign: Sign:

Name 1- Mr.A..S. Zanpure Name: Dr. N.G.Kulkarni

2- Mr. V. J .Deshpande
(Head of Department)
(Course Expert /s)

.Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr. N.G.Kulkarni Name: Shri A.S.Zanpure

(Head of Department) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 171 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Government Polytechnic, Pune

'180OB'– Scheme

Programme Diplôma in ME

Programme code 04/18

Name of Course Tool Engineering

Course Code ME 5105

Prerequisite course code and
name

255. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

Teaching Total Examination Scheme

Scheme Credits Theory Practical Total
(In Hours) (L+T+P) Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA 150
Marks 80 20 25 25
3 2 5 Exam
03
Duration
(*): Under the theory PA, Out of 20 marks, 10 marks are for micro-project assessment
Legends: L- lecture,T-Tutorial/teacher guided theory practice,P-practical,ESE-End
semester examination,PA- Progressive Assesment.

256. RATIONALE
Tools are basic component required for any machining process. The quality and
efficiency of any machining operation basically depends upon quality of tools which
in turn depends upon the proper shape, size and material of the tools. Productivity and
quality of machining operations may further be enhanced by proper and quick
mounting of tools and jobs on machines using suitable Jigs and Fixtures. Therefore,
this course attempts to develop abilities in students to select a tool of proper size and
shape for required machining operation. The design of basic cutting tools, jigs and
fixtures are also dealt with in this course
257. COMPETENCY
The aim of this course is to attend following industry identified competency through
various teaching learning experiences:
 Use different types of tools, dies, jigs and fixtures to machine simple components

258. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

1. Select proper tool for manufacturing operations.

2. Interpret designation system of cutting tools and tool holders.
3. Select locating and clamping devices for components.
G P Pune
Page 172 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

4. Select jig and fixture for components.

5. Use various press tools and dies for given press tools operation.

259. SUGGESTED PRACTICALS/ EXERCISES

The practicals in this section are PrOs (i.e. sub-components of the COs) to be developed and
assessed in the student for the attainment of the competency:

Relevant Approxim
Sr. Unit Practical Exercises
CO ate Hours
No. No. (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Required.
1 Identify different types of tools, and their 1 2
1
designation.
2 Draw the cutting tool nomenclatureof a given single 2 2
2
point cutting tool.
3 Re-sharpen any one Single Point Cutting Tool as per 2 2
2
given specification
4 2 Determine forces on tool by merchant‟s circle 2 2
5 Identify multipoint cutting tools available in the 3 2
3
workshop with their designation
6 Select relevant cutting fluid for different machine 3 2
3
tools available in workshop with justification
7 Design a Jig and Fixture for machining of a given 4 2
4
simple component
8 Draw assembly and detail drawing of the designed 4 4
4
Jig.
9 Draw assembly and detail drawing of the designed 4 4
4
Fixture.
10 Design a progressive cutting die for a simple 5 2
5
component.
11 Draw assembly and detail drawing of the designed 5 4
5
progressive cutting die
12 6 Design a bending dies for given component 5 2
13 6 Draw bending die indicating all parts and dimensions 5 2
Total Hrs 32

S.No. Performance Indicators Weightage in %

sss. Arrangement of availableequipment or model 20
ttt. Setting and operation 20
uuu. Safety measures 10
vvv. Observations and Recording 20
www. Interpretation of result and Conclusion 10
xxx. Answer to sample questions 10
yyy. Submission of report in time 10
Total 100

260. MAJOR EQUIPMENT/ INSTRUMENTSREQUIRED

The major equipment with broad specification mentioned here will usher in uniformity in
conduct of practical, as well as aid to procure equipment by authorities concerned.

G P Pune
Page 173 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Sr.No. Major Equipment/ Instruments Required PrO.No.

72 Single point cutting tool- 2 Qty 1,2,3,4

73 Drill – M12/M16/M20 size 5

74 Grinding Machine- Grinder Size 100 mm min. 2

75 Different Types of Cutting Fluid (any 4) 6

261. THEORY COMPONENTS
The following topics/subtopicsshould betaught and assessed in order to develop UOs for
achieving the COs to attain the identified competency.

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
SECTION 1
UNIT 1.Mechanics of Metal Cutting (Weightage-08 , Hrs-04)
1h. State the mechanism of 1.1 Introduction, mechanics of chip formation
chip formation 1.2 Single point tool geometry- ASA System, ORS System,
1i. Differentiate ASA and ORS importance of tool angles
system 1.3 Methods of machining- orthogonal and oblique cutting
1j. Classify chips 1.4 Types of chips, tool materials
1k. Define Machinability Index 1.5 Machinability – index, chip breakers
UNIT 2 Design of Single Point Cutting Tool (Weightage-18 , Hrs- 10)
2f. State the shear angle 2.4 Shear angle and its determination
required for the given job 2.5 Velocities in metal cutting processes, determination of
with justification un-deformed chip thickness
2g. Estimate cutting forces in
2.6 Force relations, merchant‟s circle, theory of Lee and
the given simple numerical
Shaffer, cutting power, MRR, energy consideration in
problem situation
metal cutting, oblique cutting
2h. List factors affecting on
2.7 Tool wear- types, tool life- definition, criteria,
Tool life
variables affecting tool life
2i. Calculate Tool life of a
2.8 Types of single point cutting tools- solid tools, tipped
given tool.
tools, dimensions of tool shank
2.9 Economics of metal cutting ( problems on tool angles
and on tool life

UNIT 3 Design of Multi Point Cutting Tool and cutting Fluids (Weightage-14 , Hrs- 10)

3a. Design Milling cutter and 3.1 Design of milling cutter

drill for given operation 3.2 Design of drills
3b. Classify cutting fluids 3.3 Cutting fluids- requirement, types, application,
3c. Write applications of selection of cutting fluids
Cutting fluid 3.4 Form Tools-necessity, types, applications
3d. State the necessity of Form
tool

G P Pune
Page 174 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
SECTION II

UNIT 4Jigs and Fixtures (Weightage-14 , Hrs- 08)

4a. Concept, definition locating 4.1 Introduction, definition, principle of pin location,
and clamping. design principle for location purposes
4b. Use of locating and 4.2 Clamping- principles devices
clamping principles on shop 4.3 Design principles for jigs and fixtures
floor 4.4 Drilling jigs- design principles, bushes, types
4c. Jigs- Types construction, 4.5 Design principles of milling fixtures, lathe fixtures,
working and applications.
assembly fixtures
4d. Fixtures - Types
4.6 Jigs and fixture construction- casting, fabrication,
construction, working and
welding and comparison
Applications
4e. Design considerations and
procedure for designing of
Jigs andFixtures

UNIT 5-- Press working and Cutting Dies (Weightage-14 , Hrs- 08)

5d. Select suitable press tool 5.1 Introduction, definitions of various press operations,
operation for the given types of press, press working terminology
simple press tool5.2 Cutting dies- types, principle , scrap strip layout,
component with
clearance applications, cutting forces, methods to
justification.
5e. Prepare scrap strip layout reduce cutting forces , minimum diameter of piercing
for the given press tool 5.7 Design of progressive cutting die:
a) Sketch the component.
component
b) Prepare scrap strip layout.
5f. Design progressive cutting c) Calculate tonnage.
die for the given simple d) Determine centre of pressure.
press tool component e) Determine dimensions of punches, die block and die
5g. Design Blanking die for the shoe.
given simple press tool f) Prepare sketch of stripper plate.
g) General assembly sketch of punches arrangement,
component
die block, die shoe and stripper plate.
5.3 Strippers- types, stock stop- latch stop, automatic stop,
solid stop, strip feeding, knock-outs
5.4 Blanking dies- types, die block, die block thickness, die
opening, fastening of die block, punch, backup plate,
centre of pressure
UNIT 6 Drawing, Bending and Forging Dies (Weightage-12 , Hrs- 08)

6h. Calculate bend radius, 6.1 Drawing dies- design consideration, types, no. of
bend allowance and spring draws, drawing pressure, blank holding pressure,
back for the given simple redraw dies
part.
6.2 Bending dies- bending methods, design principles,
6i. Draw labeled sketch of the
given die(s). spring back, bending pressure
G P Pune
Page 175 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Unit Outcomes (UOs) Topics and Sub-topics

(in cognitive domain)
6j. Select die(s) for the given 6.3 Forging dies- open die forging and closed die forging,
part with justification. Forging design factors- draft, fillet, parting line,
shrinkage and die wear, mismatch, finish allowances,
tolerance, webs and ribs

262. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE FORQUESTION PAPER DESIGN

Unit Unit Title Teaching Distribution of Theory Marks

No. Hours R U A Total
Level Level Level Marks
I Mechanics of Metal Cutting 04 2 2 4 08
II Design of Single Point Cutting
10 4 6 8 18
Tool
III Design of Multi Point Cutting
10 2 4 8 14
Tool and cutting Fluids
IV Jigs and Fixtures 08 2 4 8 14
V Press working and Cutting Dies 08 2 4 8 14
VI Drawing, Bending and Forging
08 2 2 8 12
Dies
Total 48 14 22 44 80

263. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Other than the classroom and laboratory learning, following are the suggested student-related
co-curricular activities which can be undertaken to accelerate the attainment of the various
outcomes in this course: Students should conduct following activities in group and prepare
reports of about 5 pages for each activity, also collect/record physical evidences for their
(student‟s) portfolio which will be useful for their placement interviews:
q. Visit any industry and collect information related to tool engineering practices.
r. Prepare journal based on practical performed in Tool Engineering laboratory. Journal
consists of drawing, observations, required materials, tools, equipments, date of
performance with teacher signature.
s. Prepare/Download specifications of followings:
i. Tools and equipment in Tool engineering laboratory.
ii. Machineries in Tool Engineering laboratory
t. Undertake a market survey of local dealers for tools, equipments; machineries and raw
material and prepare a report.
u. Visit to any press tool industry and prepare a report consisting of
i. Types of press
ii. Types of dies
iii. Types of operations
iv. Types of fool proofing arrangement
v. Safety precautions observed.

264. SUGGESTED SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)

These are sample strategies, which the teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various outcomes in this course:
mmmmm. Massive open online courses (MOOCs) may be used to teach various
topics/sub topics.
nnnnn. About 15-20% of the topics/sub-topics which is relatively simpler or
descriptive in nature is to be given to the students for self-directed learning and assess
G P Pune
Page 176 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

the development of the COs through classroom presentations (see implementation

guideline for details).
ooooo. With respect to item No.8, teachers need to ensure to create opportunities and
provisions for co-curricular activities.
ppppp. Guide student(s) in undertaking micro-projects.
qqqqq. Correlate subtopics with power plant system and equipment.
rrrrr. Use proper equivalent analogy to explain different concepts.
sssss. Use Flash/Animations to explain various components, operation and
ttttt. Teacher should ask the students to go through instruction and Technical
manuals

265. SUGGESTED MICRO-PROJECTS

Author, Publisher, Edition and

S.N. Title ISBN Number
Year of publication
Tool Nagpal G. H. Khanna Publication, 2003
1 Engineering ISBN : 817409203X
and Design
Tool Design Donaldson Cyril TATA Mcgraw Hill Education, 2000
2
ISBN: 9780070153929, 0070153922
Tool Atkins Albert McGraw-Hill, 1922
3 Engineering, ISBN/ASIN: 1151454966
Jigs and Fixture
Fundamentals Basu S. K. Oxford Ibh, 1979
of Tool ISBN 812040016X, 9788120400160
4
Engineering
Design

G P Pune
Page 177 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

Machine tool Sharma P. C. S.Chand Publishing, 2012

5 and Tool SBN: 9788121923620,
Design
Fundamentals ASTME Prentice hall of India
6 of tool design
Principles of M. H. A. Kempster English Universities Press;
7 tool & jig
design

267. SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

m. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mn9jpqI8rao
n. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bUrp8JMRwx4andvl=en
o. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qaG_vxsfLUg
p. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EgTzD_8dUFc
q. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CrWxJ58la1E
r. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Pb20Rkx25yA
s. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hp7UC5ite5M
t. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lcrK2Po8fJI
u. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_E1GCE2dDcY
v. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7yzvno4AvKw
w. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yoUxqeAN0So
x. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_r7djWX8X34
y. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Us7kjBmRL-Q
z. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S9qzJat3Mzk
aa. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I71YrXafg0o
bb. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wulJZzORm3wandpbjreload=10
cc. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i5ZGSMXw5nU
dd. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WJ_VlWd0EsA
ee. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=93-VH01ACB4
ff. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MtNTFvP0uAI
gg. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eqKa2gv9Kx0
hh. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m8EoGASM0SI
ii. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=til4UOBTRg0
jj.

268. PO - COMPETENCY- CO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 1 - - - - 2 1
CO2 2 - - 1 1 1 3
CO3 3 1 - 1 - 1 3
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 1 2
CO5 3 2 3 - 1 1 3

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
G P Pune
Page 178 of 179
Course Code : ME 2101

CO4 3 -
CO5 3 -

Sign: Sign:

Name Mr. N.B Hirlekar Name: Dr. N.G.Kulkarni

Mr. V J Deshpande (Head of Department)

(Course Expert /s)

.Sign: Sign:

Name: Dr. N.G.Kulkarni Name: ShriA.S.Zanpure

(Head of Department) (CDC )

G P Pune
Page 179 of 179

Engineering-Graphics PDF
No ratings yet
Engineering-Graphics PDF
2 pages
231104 EGR -EL- Modified
No ratings yet
231104 EGR -EL- Modified
9 pages
Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics
6 pages
Engineering Graphics - Unit - 1 - Part 1
100% (1)
Engineering Graphics - Unit - 1 - Part 1
41 pages
Engineering Drawing Course Code: 4300007: Page 1 of 11
100% (1)
Engineering Drawing Course Code: 4300007: Page 1 of 11
11 pages
Ie 1 1 PDF
No ratings yet
Ie 1 1 PDF
11 pages
Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics
6 pages
311006-Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
311006-Engineering Graphics
6 pages
Engineering Graphics Syllabus
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics Syllabus
6 pages
311008-Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
311008-Engineering Graphics
7 pages
Engineering Drawing
No ratings yet
Engineering Drawing
3 pages
EG Manual-1
No ratings yet
EG Manual-1
13 pages
311008-Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
311008-Engineering Graphics
7 pages
Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics
7 pages
311006-Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
311006-Engineering Graphics
6 pages
Bme 101 - Engineering Graphics - e
No ratings yet
Bme 101 - Engineering Graphics - e
8 pages
Engineering Graphics (DE, EJ, IE, IS, MU, CO, IF)
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics (DE, EJ, IE, IS, MU, CO, IF)
11 pages
Engg Graphics
No ratings yet
Engg Graphics
7 pages
Basic Engineering Drawing
No ratings yet
Basic Engineering Drawing
8 pages
Cad
No ratings yet
Cad
3 pages
Eng Graphics
No ratings yet
Eng Graphics
7 pages
Engeering Graphic 1st Year
50% (2)
Engeering Graphic 1st Year
64 pages
Computer Aided Engineering Drawing - 20me12p
No ratings yet
Computer Aided Engineering Drawing - 20me12p
21 pages
311006-Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
311006-Engineering Graphics
7 pages
68 Electronics Technology
No ratings yet
68 Electronics Technology
49 pages
EG Syllabus
No ratings yet
EG Syllabus
8 pages
Eg Manual 2018-19 PDF
No ratings yet
Eg Manual 2018-19 PDF
25 pages
Basic Engineering Drawing and Graphics Course Code: 4300013: Page 1 of 13
No ratings yet
Basic Engineering Drawing and Graphics Course Code: 4300013: Page 1 of 13
13 pages
GE8152 Engineering Graphics SYLLABUS
No ratings yet
GE8152 Engineering Graphics SYLLABUS
2 pages
Engineering Drawing Civil
No ratings yet
Engineering Drawing Civil
4 pages
Ece I II Ed Course Description
No ratings yet
Ece I II Ed Course Description
7 pages
EDCAD (Engg Science)
No ratings yet
EDCAD (Engg Science)
11 pages
Engineering Graphics 1
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics 1
108 pages
667 Electrical Technology 1st Semester
No ratings yet
667 Electrical Technology 1st Semester
27 pages
Engineering Graphics Egr Msbtepdf
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics Egr Msbtepdf
7 pages
Engineering Drawing NQF 5 2020
No ratings yet
Engineering Drawing NQF 5 2020
9 pages
Ge 18151
No ratings yet
Ge 18151
609 pages
311008 Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
311008 Engineering Graphics
4 pages
Department of Collegiate and Technical Education
No ratings yet
Department of Collegiate and Technical Education
15 pages
311006-Engineering Graphics 210923
No ratings yet
311006-Engineering Graphics 210923
10 pages
Course Code: 3300007
No ratings yet
Course Code: 3300007
8 pages
Syllabus EG
No ratings yet
Syllabus EG
2 pages
QB EG New
No ratings yet
QB EG New
29 pages
Lab Manual EGL
No ratings yet
Lab Manual EGL
100 pages
311008-Engineering Graphics
No ratings yet
311008-Engineering Graphics
7 pages
Engineering Graphics & Design Gtu Syll
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics & Design Gtu Syll
3 pages
2024 - MEC1007F - Mechanical Engineering - COURSE OUTLINE
No ratings yet
2024 - MEC1007F - Mechanical Engineering - COURSE OUTLINE
3 pages
Caed
No ratings yet
Caed
21 pages
Syllabus R 2013
No ratings yet
Syllabus R 2013
2 pages
Department of Collegiate and Technical Education
No ratings yet
Department of Collegiate and Technical Education
22 pages
GE3251 EG Notes Final
No ratings yet
GE3251 EG Notes Final
107 pages
Mechanical Drawing and Drafting Course Code: 1316501
No ratings yet
Mechanical Drawing and Drafting Course Code: 1316501
12 pages
Engineering Drawing
No ratings yet
Engineering Drawing
17 pages
Engineering Graphics Manual Final PDF
No ratings yet
Engineering Graphics Manual Final PDF
98 pages
Ge3251 - Unit 1 - (Eg) - PN
No ratings yet
Ge3251 - Unit 1 - (Eg) - PN
10 pages
72 Rac Technology
No ratings yet
72 Rac Technology
48 pages
Unit I (Notes DRGS)
No ratings yet
Unit I (Notes DRGS)
12 pages
Department of Technical Education
No ratings yet
Department of Technical Education
17 pages
Computer Aided Engineering Drawing: Teaching Hours
No ratings yet
Computer Aided Engineering Drawing: Teaching Hours
4 pages
2013 QII Sealing and Insulation Visual
No ratings yet
2013 QII Sealing and Insulation Visual
1 page
2020 10 28SupplementaryCE201CE201 I Ktu Qbank
No ratings yet
2020 10 28SupplementaryCE201CE201 I Ktu Qbank
3 pages
SDS Oli Hidraulic VG68 - Update 2022
No ratings yet
SDS Oli Hidraulic VG68 - Update 2022
9 pages
09 Calorimetry & Heat Transfer (QB)
No ratings yet
09 Calorimetry & Heat Transfer (QB)
15 pages
@perkins: 1100 Series 1104C-44TAG2
No ratings yet
@perkins: 1100 Series 1104C-44TAG2
2 pages
Product Catalog: Low-Voltage Motors
No ratings yet
Product Catalog: Low-Voltage Motors
65 pages
Insights Feb 2010 STD
No ratings yet
Insights Feb 2010 STD
8 pages
Clinical Data Management
100% (4)
Clinical Data Management
39 pages
The Clear Channel Patent On Live Recording U.S. Patent No. 6,614,729
No ratings yet
The Clear Channel Patent On Live Recording U.S. Patent No. 6,614,729
5 pages
Modified Distribution Method
No ratings yet
Modified Distribution Method
13 pages
Modeling Basic Operations and Inputs
No ratings yet
Modeling Basic Operations and Inputs
193 pages
Design and Implementation of An Automatic Power Supply From Four Different Source Using Microcontroller
No ratings yet
Design and Implementation of An Automatic Power Supply From Four Different Source Using Microcontroller
9 pages
Syh PLC
No ratings yet
Syh PLC
76 pages
Railway Signalling and Telecommunication: Industrial Traning Report
No ratings yet
Railway Signalling and Telecommunication: Industrial Traning Report
44 pages
Study of Cultivator, Disc Harrows, Rotavator, Bund Former, Ridger, Leveller and Puddling Implements and Their Operaion
No ratings yet
Study of Cultivator, Disc Harrows, Rotavator, Bund Former, Ridger, Leveller and Puddling Implements and Their Operaion
28 pages
Multi Terminal DC Systems
No ratings yet
Multi Terminal DC Systems
12 pages
Alignment Tests On Pillar Type Drilling Machine
50% (2)
Alignment Tests On Pillar Type Drilling Machine
11 pages
Automatic Railway System Using Wireless Sensor Network
No ratings yet
Automatic Railway System Using Wireless Sensor Network
5 pages
Krishnajn@iitb - Ac.in: Quiz Schedule For The Semester Day Thursday Thursday Thursday
No ratings yet
Krishnajn@iitb - Ac.in: Quiz Schedule For The Semester Day Thursday Thursday Thursday
1 page
Gnanamani College of Technology
No ratings yet
Gnanamani College of Technology
22 pages
Iso 5597 2010
No ratings yet
Iso 5597 2010
11 pages
(L&S) Financial Claim Notice For Delay of Bridge Works at Lebu and Saris-Abo
100% (1)
(L&S) Financial Claim Notice For Delay of Bridge Works at Lebu and Saris-Abo
2 pages
Staff Management Plan (OSIAdmin 3456)
No ratings yet
Staff Management Plan (OSIAdmin 3456)
21 pages
BSC Commands
No ratings yet
BSC Commands
7 pages
003 TB 83 833 Catálogo Mockdoors
No ratings yet
003 TB 83 833 Catálogo Mockdoors
265 pages
Complete Theory of Beam Columns Volume 1 in Plane Behavior and Design J Ross Publishing Classics Wai-Fah Chen PDF For All Chapters
100% (9)
Complete Theory of Beam Columns Volume 1 in Plane Behavior and Design J Ross Publishing Classics Wai-Fah Chen PDF For All Chapters
67 pages
Structural Engineering Services
No ratings yet
Structural Engineering Services
39 pages
Steam Power Plant PDF
100% (1)
Steam Power Plant PDF
47 pages
IBPS IT Officer 2014 Question Bank ExamPundit
No ratings yet
IBPS IT Officer 2014 Question Bank ExamPundit
518 pages